This class accommodates certain products of manufacture which
are not provided for in classes devoted primarily to manufacturing
methods and apparatus. The bulk of the documents are directed to
stock material composites, that is, materials having two or more
distinct components which are more ordered than a mere random mixture
of ingredients.
Certain finished articles, generally of an ornamental or readily
disposable nature, are placed herein when this class specifically
provides for them. Unfinished articles, e.g., blanks requiring
further significant shaping to be suitable for ultimate use, and
stock materials from which an indefinite number of usable portions
may be cut, are placed herein unless specifically provided for elsewhere.
The determination whether a product is a finished article or a stock
material is made on the basis of the amount of structure included
in the body of the claims.
A patent for this class is placed herein generally without regard
to the process by which it is made, for example, without regard
to whether the plural layer product was formed by extrusion, coating,
or assembly of preformed layers.
Therefore, unless otherwise clearly stated, the term "coating" or "layer" will
include a preform as well as a layer formed by covering a base with
a fluent material which then solidifies. A comprehensive search
for processes of making the products of this class will be found in
the manufacturing classes listed below.
An asterisk has been applied to certain terms throughout this
bulletin to indicate that these terms have specific definitions
in the Glossary, which should be consulted.
The asterisk has been applied to identify the term in the first
appearing definition which must be considered for the desired subclass
title.
It should be noted that there are two sections for the glossary.
The first one applies generally to the structural areas of the
schedule; the second applies to materials (e.g., compound, composition,
etc.). It should further be noted, however, that the structural
areas of the class also include some subclasses directed to materials.
Both sections of the glossary should be consulted.
This is the residual class for:
A. Stock material in the form of a structurally defined web*,
sheet*, rod*, strand*, fiber*,
filament*, cell*, flake*, particle* not
provided elsewhere.
B. Stock material in the form of a web*, sheet*,
mass* or layer* which consists of or contains
a structurally defined constituent* or element* not
provided elsewhere.
C. A nonstructural laminate defined merely in terms of the
composition of one or more layers* not provided elsewhere.
D. An article* of manufacture not provided for
elsewhere.
E. An intermediate-article* which is not provided
for elsewhere and from which a final article is to be made.
F. A process for applying an impregnating material to a naturally
solid product such as a wood beam, a sheet of leather or a stone,
or for applying a coating to a base, and which process includes
no significant method step. Such a patent is placed in the schedule
on the disclosed product produced, whether structural or nonstructural.
See section VI, C, 6, below, reference to Class 427, Coating Processes,
for guide lines which are to be followed in determining whether
or not a process step is significant, for classification in Class
427, or not significant for placement in Class 428.
FRAMEWORK OF THE CLASS
This class comprises several major subclass groups which can
be identified by reading down the first-line indent subclasses,
and a special category for metallic* materials which parallels
the arrangement provided for nonmetallic* materials, insofar
as this arrangement is applicable. These major groups and parallel
metallic* groups are:
A. Subclasses 1 through 39 and 576 provide for special articles* generally
defined in all three dimensions, for which there is no provision
elsewhere, and subclasses 542 and 577+ provide for intermediate-articles*.
B. Subclasses 40 through 84, 571 through 575 and 586 through
591 provide for a special web* or sheet*.
C. Subclasses 85+ for special surface characteristics
of the pile or nap type.
D. Subclasses 98+, 357+, 544-570, 592-604,
606-614, and 687 provide for stock material either in the form of a
web* or sheet*, or an element* (e.g.,
rod*, fiber*, filament*, particle*,
flake*, etc.), respectively, which of and by itself is
structurally defined as claimed.
Some examples of a structurally defined web* or sheet* are:
(1) particular shape, particular size, or other physical configuration.
(2) including an external mechanical fastener so as to be attached
to another object. (3) components* or elements* arranged
relative to each other or to a surface. (4) components* having
same characteristic but in different degree. (5) a discontinuous
coating, impregnation or bond. (6) variation in thickness or in planarity.
(7) attachment of components* by stitching and bond or
coating. (8) apertures. (9) surface finish. (10) any recitation
of a measurable extent, no matter how wide, (e.g., "up
to .075 mil", "between 10 and 25 microns",
etc.).
Some examples of structurally defined elements* are:
(1) particular size or shape or other physical configuration
(see above). (2) nonlinearity of a fiber or filament (e.g., crimped
or coiled, etc.). (3) specific depth of impregnation of a fiber
or filament.
(1)
Note. As a special case, even though not structure, a coated
or bonded fiber, filament, rod, strand is placed in subclasses 357+.
E. Subclasses 221+ provides for a web* or sheet* in
which one component* or element* (e.g., fiber,
filament, strand, particle, etc.) is structurally defined as claimed.
Some examples of defined structure are: (1) size or particular
configuration or shape, either absolute or relative (e.g., weight* per unit
area). (2) interengagement of strands* or filaments* which
means mechanically arranging one strand* or filament* alternately
over and under other strands*, perpendicularly or angularly
related thereto. If all strands* in one direction are
on only one side of the strands in the other direction, this is
not interengagement. Looping, intertwining, interweaving, intertangling
are also included in the term interengaged.
(3) a composite* web* or sheet*,
at least one component* being porous or cellular. (4) a
composite*, web* or sheet* having the
outermost layer of adhesive characteristics so as to be adhered
to another surface.
F. Subclasses 411+ and 615+ provide for
a composite* web* or sheet* which is
characterized solely by the composition of the layers*.
G. Subclasses 539.5 and 540+ provide for stock-material* having
a continuous phase of one material interengaged with a continuous
phase of a different material, usually made by permeation or saturation.
See the definitions and notes of these subclasses.
In addition there are provided in subclasses 900-941 cross-reference
art collections of product patents based on use or particular characteristics
indicated in the titles and definitions thereof. These collections
of disclosures are not exhaustive but are intended as aids to a
search based on ultimate function or use, as a supplement to a search
in this class, or as an indication of further related fields of
search inside or outside this class.
SCOPE OF CLASS
The scope of this class is defined by the residual state thereof
as set forth in above.
It must be clearly understood that all patents to stock material
products have not been removed from all those classes which provide
for such products on the basis of their ultimate function, See below
for an exemplary listing of such classes.
As to composites (subclasses 411+ and 615+),
the disclosures of this collection of art (i.e., adhered bodies
defined in terms of their respective compositions or compounds)
are subdivided generally on the basis of pairs of contiguous bodies
(conveniently referred to as "layer"*).
Thus, for instance, a laminate composed of layers* A,
B, C, in that order, is visualized as comprising the pairs A-B and
B-C, the laminated, A, B, C, D as comprising pairs A-B, B-C, and
C-D-- and so on. This arrangement is conceived of as facilitating
the search for any multi- layered product, particularly for patent
examination purposes. Whereas a search for substance A joined to substance
C by an intervening layer* of B, in a system based on paired
layers*, may produce a disclosure of A-B in one document
and of B-C in another, or may retrieve a disclosure of A-B-C in
one document, it is thought that all such disclosures should be
available to the examiner for his consideration, whether in a single
document or a combination of documents. The utility of such as
approach is apparent in the search for products including five,
six, seven, or more layer* pairs or interfaces.
Additionally, it is believed that this concept of laminates
as consisting of pairs of layers* may be incorporated readily
into a machine retrieval system. Having in mind the ubiquity of
layer* interfaces in modern technology--appearing in both
laminated and molded plastics, protective and decorative finishes,
wood and paper products, metal stock--the technique of subdividing into
layer* pairs all disclosures in the voluminous literature
of interfacial bonding, is seen to offer an effectual starting point
for the development of a schedule of descriptors or a dictionary
of terms for mechanical search.
It is an essential part of the considerations on which this
paired-layer* schedule is based, that no weight is given
to the alleged nature of any particular layer* as adherent or
base. The disclosure of two particular layers* in mutual
contact will be available for the searcher"s consideration
regardless of whether either, both, or neither is taught as being
adhesive, bonding material, glue, impregnant, etc.
CRITERIA FOR PATENT PLACEMENT WITHIN THIS CLASS
The general procedure for placement of a patent in a class
is set forth on in the Manual of Classification (note the exception
set forth in the last paragraph of this section). Briefly, the
basic principles which determine placement of the original copy
of a patent in this class are:
A. Only claimed subject matter is relied upon, when comparing
coordinate "first-line indent" subclasses (e.g.,
subclasses 98 and 221), for placement of a patent.
B. In subclass 1 through 223, 292.1 - 301.4, and 304.4 - 410,
1. the original copy of said patent will be placed in the
first-occurring "first-line indent" subclass (of
this class) which provides for the claimed subject matter: However,
where said "first-line indent" subclass has a
further indented subclass which specifically provides for either
the claimed or disclosed more specific subject matter, the "original" copy
will be placed in said further indented subclass;
2. as between coordinate subclasses (e.g., subclasses 156
and 174) which are indented under a "first-line indent" subclass,
the original copy of a patent will be placed in the first-occurring
of the coordinate subclasses which provides for (a) the claimed subject
matter, or (b) the disclosed subject matter (in the absence of a
claim drawn to the more specific subject matter as provided for
in such coordinate subclasses);
3. further, the original copy of a patent will be placed in
an indented subclass where the unclaimed but disclosed more specific
subject matter is provided for in said indented subclass.
C. In the subclasses relating to specified physical dimension
(e.g., 215+, 220, 332+, etc.), a range thereof
qualifies even though the work "absolute" may
be used.
Further, in a subclass which specifies the upper limit of
a dimension, for example, subclass 334, in which the upper limit
is specified as 5 mils (or equivalent), a range which transcends
this limit is excluded therefrom and is placed in the appropriate higher
subclass. Thus, for example, a composite* sheet* in
which the coated layer* is recited as being in the range
of 3 mils to 7 mils, is excluded from subclass 334 and is placed
in subclass 332, unless reason exists for placement in subclass
339.
D. In subclasses 544+, the original is placed strictly
on the basis of the claims. Where an indented subclass is provided,
the original is placed in the indented subclass only when all of
the claims have the limitations of that indented subclass.
E. The procedure for placement of a patent directed to a nonstructural
laminate or composite will be that procedure now employed in the
classification of classes of chemistry and is set forth under the
definitions of subclasses 411 and 615 of this class (428). Procedures
applicable to patent placement in the experimental "Markush"-type
subclasses 643, 656, 661, 664, 669, 671, and 678 are given in the
definition of subclass 643.
Once placement of the original copy of a patent has been determined,
a cross-reference copy of the patent is mandatory in every subclass
in this class or any other which provides for other claimed subject matter,
except in instances where the subclass which would normally receive
such cross-reference copy contains a search class note to the subclass
in which the original copy has been placed, in which case only exemplary
cross-references are provided. Cross-reference copies may be placed
in any subclass where the disclosed subject matter is considered
to render the document as useful reference.
When the original of the patent is placed in the article* or
structural subclasses, a cross-reference copy will be placed in
subclass 411, or subclasses 615+, where the disclosed subject
matter is considered to render the document as useful reference. Similarly,
when the original copy of a patent is placed in subclasses 323+,
a cross-reference thereof will be placed in a superior subclass
where the disclosure warrants.
CLASSES HAVING A DEFINED RELATIONSHIP WITH THIS CLASS
Completed articles* of manufacture, except for those
expressly provided for in the schedule, are excluded from this class. However,
in many cases the claims of a patent are directed only to "nominal" articles,
that is, articles claimed only in terms of the composition or stock-material* from which
they are made. It is the present policy of the Patent and Trademark
Office to classify article patents, wherein the claims mention the
article by name only and define it only in terms of the composition
or material of which it is composed, in the appropriate composition
or material class. The collection of these patents and reclassification
thereof into the composition or material classes is under way, and
as a corollary thereto, patents claiming a composition or material
for an art use heretofore classified in the art classes are also
being transferred to the appropriate composition or material class.
For articles* provided for in other classes, attention
is directed to the "Index to Classification",
and to LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES, below.
AN ART INDEX OF COMMON TERMS AND EQUIVALENT TERMINOLOGY USED
IN THE SCHEDULE.
The first appearing term, i.e., to the left of the colon,
is the name used in the document and the term to the right of the
colon is the corresponding name employed in the subclass titles
of the schedule. The list provides an index to the schedule for
laminates which are identified by trade names, trade marks and other
terminology not employed in the schedule. The symbols # and
0 indicate that the term, on the right in the glossary, is an abbreviated
form of that found in the subclass titles.
# = aldehyde or keytone condensation product
0 = addition polymer from unsaturated monomers.
A
"A" Stage: = aldehyde# (phenolic);
ABS, acrylonitrile-butadiene-stryrene:= unsaturated° (polyene)
Acrylate, acrylic: = unsaturated° Airplane fabric = cloth*;Alkyd:
= polyesterAnimal fiber or hair:
= polyamide;Animal glue: = polyamide;
Artificial silk: = cellulosic (regenerated or modified);
Asbestos: = silicon containing; see definition; Asphaltic:
= bituminous
B
"B" Stage: = aldehyde# (phenolic);
Balata: = natural rubber; Balsam: = natural
gum; "Beetle", "Beetleware":
= aldehyde#;Birdlime: = natural
gum
C
Canadian Balsam: = natural gum; Caoutchouc: - natural
rubber; Casein: polyamide; Carbon Particles: = inorganic; "C" Stage:
= aldehyde# (phenolic); "Cellopane":
cellulosic (modified); "Celluloid": = cellulosic
(modified); Cement: = silicon containing; Ceramic: = silicon
containing; Chloroprene: = unsaturated° (polyene); Clay:
= silicon containing; Cotten seed pitch: = bituminous
or tarry residue.; Coumarone, coumarone-indene: = unsaturated° (heterocyclic);
Creosote: = bituminous
D
Dextran: = carbohydrate; Dextrin: = carbohydrate;
Dope (airplane): = cellulosic, (modified)
E
Enamel (not otherwise specified) - pigment varnish: = natural
oil or gum; Enamel, porcelain: = silicon containing; Enamel,
synthetic: = see under the appropriate synthetic resin; "Ethoxylene":
= epoxy ether
F
"Factice": = natural oil (modified);
Fiber (animal): = polyamide; Fiber (vegetable): = cellulosic;
Fish glue: = polyamide; "Kel-F": = fluorinated
addition polymer; Fish paper: = polyamide; Fleece: = nap
surface; Flour paste: = polyamide unless specified as
starch, which see; "Formica": = aldehyde;
Friction tape: = bituminous or tarry residue; FR-S: = unsaturated° (polyene); Furfural:
= aldehyde; Fur: = polyamide;
G
Gelatin: = polyamide; "Geon":
= unsaturated° (halide); Glass: = silicon
containing; see definition; Glass, water (i.e., waterglass): = silicon
containing; Giladen (protein): = polyamide; Glue: = polyamide; Glue,
Fish or Animal: = polyamide; Glue, Synthetic: = usually
aldehyde; Goldbeaters skin: = animal membrane; Graphite:
= inorganic; GR-S: = unsaturated° (polyene); Gum
plastic, ABS: = unsaturated° (polyene); Gutta
percha: = natural rubber; Gypsum: = calcium
sulfate
Hair: = polyamide; Haloprene: = unsaturated° (polyene) "Hetron":
Hexamethylenetetramine as a source of formaldehyde: = aldehyde#
Ivory: = polyamide
"Kodel": = polyester; "Koroseal":
= unsaturated° ; "Kynar": = fluorinated
addition polymer
Latex: = natural rubber; Latex paint: = unsaturated° (either
ester or polyene); "Leatheroid" (paper-rubber-sandarac):
natural rubber; Lecithin: = waxy; #aldehyde or
ketone condensation product 0 addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers.; "Lexan": = polycarbonate;
Linoleum: = cork with natural oil, gum or rosin; Lycopodium:
= natural oil or gum
M
Maleic acid or anhydride (used as a reactant): = unsaturated
(anhydride is heterocyclic); Maleic acid ester (from polyhydric alcohol):
= polyester (crosslinked); Maleic acid ester (from monohydric
alcohol): = unsaturated° (ester)#;
Melamine: = aldehyde; Mica: = silicon containing; Modacrylic:
= unsaturated (halide); "Mylar": = polyester;
Neoprene: = unsaturated° (polyene)
N
"Neothane": = poly(amido-ester);
Nitro cellulose: = cellulosic (ester or modified); Nylon:
= polyamide; Oil cloth: = see structural area
(cross joined strands)
"Orlon": = a cyrylic (unsaturated° )
P
Paper: = a water laid web or interfelted natural
celluloses fibers; Phenolic(s): = aldehyde; Pitch: = bituminous; "Plexiglas":
= unsaturated° (ester); "Pliofilm":
= natural rubber; "Plioflex": = unsaturated° (polyene);
Polyamine: = aldehyde# (unless
otherwise specified); Polyethylene: = unsaturated°;
Polypropylene: = unsaturated°; Polyurethane:
= see urethane; Porcelain: = silicon containing;
Porcelain enamel: = see enamel, porcelain; Portland
cement: = silicon containing; Protein: = polyamide;
PVA (Polyvinyl acetate):° =unsaturated (ester); "Pyrex":
= glass; Pyroxilin: = cellulosic (modified)
Quartz: = silicon containing
R
Rayon: = cellulosic (regenerated) (in strand or
fiber form); Refractory: = see definition above; Rubber,
pore: = natural rubber; Rubber, synthetic: = unsaturated° polyene;
Rubber, synthetic, sulfide: = polythioether
S
SBR: = unsaturated° (polyene); Sand: = silicon
containing; Sandarac: = natural gum; "Saran":
= unsaturated° (halide); Silk: = polyamide;
Soya bean oil: = polyamide; Starch: = carbohydrate;
Stone: = silicon containing; Stone Wood: = cellulosic
(wood); Suede: = Pile or nap surface; Synthetic glue:
= usually aldehyde#; Synthetic
rubber: = unsaturated° polyene; Synthetic rubber:
sulfide: = polythioether
Talc: = silicon containing; "Telflon":
= fluorinated addition polymer; "Terylene":
= polyester ; Urethane: = poly(amido ester)
V
Varnish: = natural oil or gum, lac; Varnish, phenolic:
aldehyde#; Varnish, synthetic: = aldehyde
or cellulosic (as disclosed); Vegetable ivory: = cellulosic;
Vinyl: = unsaturated°; Vinyon: = unsaturated° (halide); Viscose:
= cellulosic (modified); Vitreous: glassy, silicon containing;
Vulcanized fiber: = cellulosic (modified)
W
Water glass: = silicon containing; Water soluble
thermosetting resin: = aldehyde#;Wheat
paste: = polyamide, unless specified as starch (which
see); Wood: = cellulosic; Wool: = polyamide
Z
Zein: = polyamide; Zylonite (celluloid): = cellulosic; "Zytel" (nylon):
= polyamide
SECTION II - LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
The organization of this section is as follows:
A. INTERMEDIATE ARTICLES* - 1. Packages, 2. Blanks,
etc.
B. COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
C. ARTICLES* AND STOCK-MATERIALS* - 1. Life-science
related; 2. Textiles and related materials (a. Fibers, strands,
rods, etc.; b. Interengaged fibers or strands; c. Belts, etc.; d.
Associated fabrics; e. Textiles and their manufacture in general)
3. Static objects and materials (a. Receptacles, chambers, etc.,
b. Other hollow subject matter, c. Structures related to radiant
or wave energy, d. Other structures and static objects); 4. Electric
and magnetic elements, 5. Mechanical elements (a. Joints, b. Cutting,
separating and related elements, c. Friction elements, d. Other
machine elements); 6. Coating and coated products, 7. Assembling
and/or shaping, 8. Other manufacturing and treating, 9.
Miscellaneous devices
D. CLATHARATES AND INTERCALATES
In section II, the symbol # is used at the end of
the definition to designate a class or part of a class which provides
for certain stock-material*. Here follows the number and
full title of classes which have been discovered as having a defined
relationship with this class, as explained below in Subsection INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES*,
and in the subclass definitions:
A. INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES*
1. Packages, Class 206, provides, in general, for mercantile
units in which a plurality of articles* are held together
by an extraneous element which is discarded before the article is
used. A plurality of articles which are not yet detached from each
other, being held together by material intrinsic to the material
of which the articles are made, generally is classified in this
class (428); however, Class 59, subclass 77 provides for a series
of staple blanks which are partially shaped and integrally connected.
Class 229, subclass 75 provides for a plurality of envelope blanks
integrally connected in strip form. A package designed to be used
or disposed of in toto is generally classified herein; see subclasses
2 and 576. See also the references to Class 252 in part B, below.
Stock material in roll or coil form, or wound in the form of
a coil, will be classified in Class 428; however, any further limitations
as to the roll, or coil or package, as for example, an overlapping
roll edge, an edge or convolution taped or secured to an under layer*,
or a detail as to the mandrel, etc., is considered to be significant structure
for the roll and placement in Class 206, subclasses 389+ is
indicated.
A separate and distinct interliner or sheet* wound
into the convolutions and which is not ordinarily part of the stock
material is considered to be significant roll structure for Class
206. A liner sheet adhered to a portion of a composite* sheet* or
web* and rolled together therewith and removable is considered
to be part of the stock material and proper for Class 428.
Generally, a product or stock material falling within the definition
of this class (428) and further modified by the bare recital that
such product or material (a) is in the form of a roll, reel, drum,
coil, stack, pile, bale, etc., or (b) is within a container or in
the form of a package is classified in this class (428).
For purposes of classification in Class 428, the coil, packaged
or wound form is disregarded and placement is on the basis of the
web*, sheet*, or other form of product or stock
material.
See Class 206, subclasses 45.31+ for a pouch adapted
to receive an identification card (unless of the paper envelope
type, see Class 229, Paper Receptacles).
In regard to wall structure of Class 206-type receptacles, see
part C,3,a, below.
A wound strand package is in Class 242, subclasses 159+,
which also has a search note setting out its line with Class 206.
An intermediate-article* so shaped as to be suitable
for handling is in this class (428); however, a claim to a pile or
stack of such articles, when it does not form a work-piece* which
is subsequently worked as a unit, is in Class 214, subclass 10.5.
2. Blanks, etc.
A claim, even though stated to be a "blank" which describes
or is readable on the structure of a completed article* is
classified with the article*, for such a claim is either
generic to both the blank and the article, and, therefore, considered
to be best classified with the completed article, or is to a subcombination
which is best classifiable within an appropriate subcombination
class, or, if none, in the article class.
Class 2, subclass 143 provides for blanks which are to be
used in making collars for garments.
Class 10, subclasses 11+ provide for bolt blanks,
and subclass 62 provides for spike blanks.
Class 24, subclasses 20+ provide for a package tie which
is a metal band which is to be bent, cut, or formed up to make a
connection.
Class 36, subclasses 47+ provide for blanks used
in the production of shoe uppers.
Class 59, subclasses 8, 12 and 35 provide for chain blanks,
subclass 62 provides for horseshoe blanks, and subclass 77 provides
for staple blanks which are partially shaped and integrally connected.
Class 63, subclasses 15+ provide for a finger-ring
blank which already is a ring.
Class 76, subclasses 101.1+ provide for a metal tool
or implement blank.
Class 101, subclasses 404.1+ provide for blanks for printing
plates and printing members.
Class 138 provides for tube and ring blanks which are tubes
which can hold fluid.
Class 150, subclasses 127+ provides for blanks used
in making pocketbooks.
Class 220, subclasses 62+ provides for a can or other metallic
receptacle blank.
Class 229, Envelopes, Wrappers, and Paperboard Boxes, subclasses
100+ for a blank for forming a paperboard box.
Class 248, subclass 248 provides for a blank from which a
sheet-material supporting bracket can be made.
B. Compounds and Compositions
A patent claiming a single layer*, film, filament*,
or fiber*, or a mass*, with a limitation to the
material(s) of which it is comprised, but with no recitation of
significant structure, will be placed in the appropriate compound
or composition class. The following are considered to be significant
structure:
1. An external configuration which is not planar or cylindrical,
e.g., aperture, fold, varying thickness, etc.
2. The recitation of a numerical dimension or designation
of metal as a foil or leaf
3. A product composed of at least three layers*.
4. A coated strand, wire, fiber, filament, rod or strand.
5. An interconnected void structure.
6. Porosity in a nonparticulate metal.
The following are not considered to be significant structure:
1. Random distribution of elements* such as fillers
or reinforcements (e.g., fibers*) within a product or
randomly disposed pores or cells (i.e., no particular pattern or
arrangement) in a porous, cellular or foamed product, wherein the
overall structure is neither limited nor influenced by these elements*,
even though the elements* or pores themselves may have
structural limitations.
2. Internal characteristics, such as crystalline form, molecular
orientations, etc., when such characteristics have no relation to
the shape of the product.
3. The presence of the composition as a coating on an unnamed
substrate.
A product described by a functional or chemical name only
(e.g., table, wood, etc.) is not considered to have significant
structure; however, limitations such as plywood (indicating layers*),
tables with legs, etc., are considered to define structural limitations.
Also, a patent for a product where the presence of structure
(e.g., cellular) or the degree thereof is a mere manifestation of
the material or composition will likewise be placed in the appropriate
material or composition class. Further, a product defined in terms
of its properties (e.g., tensile strength, elongation) is not considered
a "structurally defined" product, as provided
for in this class.
In regard to a patent which has a claim to a product which
is classifiable in this class (428), subclasses 411+, but
which recites no significant structural limitations, and a claim
to a coating material compound or composition which is included
in at least a part of the claimed product, and claim to a significant
process of coating, the patent is classified according to the coating
material.
The rules for determining Class placement of the Original
Reference (OR) for claimed chemical compositions are set forth in
the Class Definition of Class 252 in the section LINES WITH OTHER
CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS, subsection COMPOSITION CLASS SUPERIORITY,
which includes a hierarchical ORDER OF SUPERIORITY FOR COMPOSITION CLASSES.
The enumeration of classes below, in general, follows the
priority list of Class 252 and covers some additional classes. Thus,
this enumeration is not authoritative insofar as priority of classes
is concerned. The definitions of these classes should be studied
to determine the proper placement of patents therein.
Class 504, subclasses 116+ provide for plant growth regulating
compositions and subclasses 101+ provide for a fertilizer
containing an insecticide, fungicide, or deodorant.
Class 424 provides for drug, bio-affecting and body-treating
compositions. Subclasses 1.21, 1.25, 1.29+, and 400+ provide
for some articles* and stock-materials* which
contain a composition of that class. A stock-material* suitable
for this class (428), containing a Class 424 composition to preserve
the stock material itself from biological attack, is in this class
(428). Residual methods for preserving, disinfecting or sterilizing
stock-materials are in Class 422.
Class 426 provides for food, beverages and other edible compositions,
and certain edible articles* and stock-materials*.
Class 71, provides for fertilizers.
Class 208, subclasses 14+ provide for compositions made
up exclusively of mineral oil components.
Class 585, subclasses 1+ provides for compositions made
up exclusively of hydrocarbons or a hydrocarbon with a preservative,
etc.
Class 149 provides for explosive and thermic compositions
and charges, subclasses 2+ providing for one in which at
least one ingredient has a particular shape or structure, and subclasses
14+ for one having at least two separate and distinct superimposed
or contiguous layers or forms of different components or of components
having different properties. The layers must be in direct contact
and not be separated by a space or by a nonexplosive or nonthermic
body.
Class 508, subclasses 100+ provide for shaped lubricants
and massive rigid solid bodies, including bearings, which carry
a fluent lubricant, and subclasses 110+ provide for lubricant
compositions generally.
Class 44 provides for fuel compositions and some combustible
fuel articles* and stock-materials*.
Class 148, subclasses 240+ and 22+ provide
for certain compositions for treating solid metal, and subclass 400.1
for certain stock-materials* and compositions produced
by a process of that class (148). See the references to this class
in parts 4 and 6, below.
Class 75, subclasses 228+ provide for consolidated metal
powder compositions, in subclasses 251+ for loose metal
powder compositions, and in subclasses 95, 256 and 257 for certain
additives for molten metal.
This class (428), subclass 576 provides for a shaped article* to
be melted in a metallurgical furnace.
Class 252, in subclasses other than those listed above or below,
provides for special utility compositions. In most cases, Class
252 provides for compositions having a random mixture of components,
while stock-materials* are classified in this or another
stock-material class. However, it is noted that some subclasses
in Class 252 provide for more than mere compositions; for example, subclass
176 provides for packages and heterogeneous arrangements of water-softening
and related-function compositions.
Class 510 provides for cleaning compositions and auxiliary
or perfecting compositions therefor, while certain subclasses therein,
such as subclasses 404, 438+, etc., provide for packages
or heterogeneous arrangements, while subclasses 445+, etc.,
provide for solid, shaped macroscopic articles or structures.
Class 106 provides for a composition which is in fluent or
solid noncoherent form which is adapted for coating or impregnating
and for change to a less fluent form, or solid coherent form, by
setting (e.g., concrete, plastic, etc.), by chemical reaction, by
removal of solvent, by solidification from a molten state, etc.
In a patent directed to a filler or pigment for a coating composition, the
recitation of size or structure of the constituent* particles
or fibers is not sufficient to exclude said patent from Class 106.
See especially subclasses 36, 117, 235, 241, 251, 253+,
266, 272, 275, 276, 280, 281+, 288+, 636, 784,
and 816.
Class 51 provides for abrading composition or some stock material;
see especially subclasses 294, 295, and 297 for other abrasive stock
material, or for a method of making abrasive material such as "sandpaper."
Class 451 provides for abrading materials in usable form,
as a "tool" under that class definition. For
example, subclasses 526+ provide for "sandpaper."
Class 260, subclasses 2+ and 520 Classes provide
for a synthetic resin or Natural Rubbers (spinnable, film-forming,
etc.), and Class 260, subclasses 709+ provide for a vulcanizable
natural gum (e.g., rubber).
Under certain circumstances, the relation between Class 260,
520 Classes and Class 428 shifts between combination and subcombination.
For example, the subcombination of a resin composition is in Class
260 and 520 Classes; a layered product structurally defined and
containing the resin composition as a layer is now a combination
which is classified in Class 428. However, the combination of the
layered product and a resin, when the layered product is used as
filler for the resin is again classified in Class 260 and 520 Classes
as a resin composition.
Class 252, subclasses 299.01+, 625+, 363.5,
367.1, 372+, 378, 182.11+, and 183.11+ provide
for compositions on a nonfunctional basis.
Class 423 provides for inorganic compounds, and in subclasses
265+ provides for compositions having an inorganic compound
and an agent which improves the general utility of the compound.
Class 430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for stock material and
products which are radiation sensitive and limited to use in imagery
and a finished imaged article chemically defined. A claim to a finished
picture or photograph is classified in Class 428.
Class 520 provides for synthetic resins, natural rubbers, compositions
and modifications thereof.
C. Articles* and Stock-materials*
1. Life-sciences related materials.
Classes 3, 47, 433, and 449 take articles*, but not
stock-materials*. A cut, natural plant, treated to prolong
the characteristics of life, is in class 47, and that class (47) provides
for the combination of a receptacle and a cut plant either treated
or with means to prolong the characteristics of life.
Class 128 is the locus for a patent directed to a stock-material* product
when (1) solely disclosed to be worn by, or attached to, the body
(e.g., sanitary napkin, diaper, etc.) and to be a receptor for a
body discharge (2) solely disclosed as a shield or protective device
to be worn on, or attached to, a body member or part (e.g., bandage,
dressing, etc.) and having a therapeutic use or (3) a patent to
a stock-material* product whose disclosure includes a Class
128 utility as set out above or in the class definition thereof,
and a general utility for Class 428, but in which one claim is specific
to the Class 128 disclosed use.
2. Textiles and related materials
Certain textile manufacturing classes provide for their own
products, and Classes 2, 5 and 245 provide for products only, while
some other textile products are provided for in this class.
a. Fibers, strands, rods, etc.
Class 19, subclasses 144+ provide for a process of,
or means for, assembling fibers* together into a lap, sliver or
web*, with some other material. Stock-material* products
of a Class 19 process are classified in this class (428).
Class 52, subclasses 720.1+ provide for a miscellaneous article* which
is an elongated, rigid structure. See also the reference to Class
52 in part 3d, below.
Class 57, subclasses 200+ provide for a stock-material* strand* consisting
of, or comprising, a claimed twisted or twined constituent*;
or for a stock-material* product (e.g., web*,
sheet*, etc.) distinguished only by such twisted or twined
strands* (as claimed) employed in the manufacture thereof,
or a stock-material* product comprising coated or impregnated
strands* in which the coating or impregnation took place
prior to assembly of said strands* to form the product,
no matter how the twist was made, whether by a Class 57 process
or apparatus or otherwise.
The "twist" or its equivalent term is applicable
either to plural fibers* or filaments* which are
twisted about each other, or to a monofilament which is turned or twisted
about its longitudinal axis. A crimped fiber is classifiable in
Class 428, the crimp being out of the plane of the fiber.
This class (428) does not exclude a yarn, strand*,
or other constituent* unless the claim recites at least
a "twist" or its equivalent; or a property due
to, or resulting from, twisting a fiber* or filament*.
There are certain terms which have been accepted as denoting a twisting
fiber* or filament*, and, if used in a claim,
classification in Class 57 is indicated, provided all other requirements
therefor are met. Some of these terms are:
i. plying, doubling, twining, twisting (all such terms are considered
to be synonymous) and indicate turning about the longitudinal axes
of the fiber* filament or yarn or bundles of yarns;
ii. filament looped upon itself;
iii. turns of twist per inch;
iv. false twist;
v. twist to treat, followed by untwisting;
vi. spun staple fiber yarn e.g., wool, cotton, etc.;
vii. "Z" or "S" twists
or piles;
viii. roving.
In the event of a disclosure which includes (1) "twisted" strands,
fibers, filaments for Class 57, and (2) nontwisted elements proper
for Class 428, the following guidelines are to be followed in accordance
with the claims:
1. A claim generic to both modifications will be classified
in Class 428 as an original with a cross-reference, if needed, to
Class 57.
2. A claim specific to either the twisted or nontwisted fibers
will be classified in Class 428 or Class 57, respectively, with
a proper cross-reference to the other class as needed.
3. A claim to the twisted Class 57 modification and a claim
to the nontwisted product will be classified as an original in Class
428 with the proper cross-referencing.
Class 84, subclasses 199 and 297+ provide for strings for
musical instruments.
Class 256, subclasses 6+ provide for barbed-strand fence
stock-material*, and in subclass 46 for analogous nonbarbed
stock-material*.
Class 464, Rotary Shafts, Gudgeons, Housings, and Flexible
Couplings for Rotary Shafts, subclasses 51+ provides for
flexible shafting; and subclasses 179+ provides for rigid
shafting.
b. Interengaged fibers or strands
Class 59, subclasses 78+ provide for a chain formed
of linked elements.
Class 66, subclasses 69+ provide for a knitted article
or stock-material*, and especially subclasses 190+ for stock-material* including
knitted material with nonknitted material held in its loops.
Class 87, subclasses 1 through 13, provide for (1) stock-material* which
consists of, or includes, a braid, net, or lace component, or (2)
a product resulting from an operation(s) within the scope of that
class (87), which product is either coated or combined with a material
which is the product of an operation beyond the scope of Class 87
(e.g., lamination, etc.).
Class 131, subclasses 321+ provide for stock-material* specified
as being a filter and of indeterminate shape (e.g., mass), or approximating
the shape (e.g., coil, tube, cylinder, rod*, etc.), of
the article or appliance with which it is intended to be used, requiring
no further treatment than tearing or cutting to proper size* stock-material* of
any other shape, recited so that some shape modification is required,
is classified in Class 428.
Class 139, subclasses 383+ provide for a single or
plural layer* woven stock-material* product made
only by a Class 139 process and no other operation. A patent directed
to a woven product possessing deformed, coated or impregnated strands
will be placed in Class 139 where the sole disclosure is that a
coating, impregnation or deformation of the constituent strands
took place prior to the weaving.
Two layers woven together are classified in Class 139. Two
woven layers adhered together are classified in Class 428, one layer
of woven material next to a layer of nonwoven material is classified
in Class 428.
Class 162 provides for a nonstructural (1) single-layer* waterlaid
fibrous product, (2) plural-layer* product including a
layer* of fibers* applied to a second layer* by
a process provided for in that class (162), or (3) paper homogeneously
impregnated throughout, even after the web* is formed,
and note particularly subclasses 141-181.1+, which include
any nonstructural fiber* (or fiber-containing) product
(e.g., particular blend of fibers*), whether waterlaid
or not. Also, see notes in Class 162, referring to Class 428, e.g.,
Class 162, subclasses 141 and 150 for examples of structural fibers.
This class (428), subclass 596, provides for metallic wire cloth
formed by welding plural all-metal wires at their points of intersection;
in subclass 605 for a mass of metal fibers, including plural layers
of wire cloths joined by mechanical compression and sinter bonded into
a fibrous mass, and in subclass 608 for a mass which includes metal
wires, strands or strand portions mechanically intertangled, interwoven
or interlooped, coated with a metal or a layer of metal or nonmetal fibers
located between two metal layers.
Class 245 provides for a wire fabric* which is the
product of a bending or analogous wire-working operation.
Class 256, subclass 5 provides for barbed-fence fabric*, and
in subclass 45 for analogous nonbarbed material.
Classes 289, subclass 1.2 provides for an interlacement (knot)
of portions of one or more elongated flexible elements (e.g., strand,
rope) forming a tie or fastening and including any bend or hitch.
c. Belts, etc.
Class 198, appropriate subclasses provide for an endless conveyor
belt or a stock material* disclosed solely for use as a
conveyor belt.
Class 474, appropriate subclasses provide for an endless power
transmission belt or a stock material* disclosed solely
for use as a power-transmission belt.
Class 162, subclasses 348+ provide for a flexible
endless band-type paper-making mold of the Fourdrinier variety.
Class 400, subclasses 237+ provides for an inked
typewriter ribbon.
d. Associated fabrics
Class 2 provides for a stock-material* product of
that class, and especially subclasses 244 and 274, respectively,
for an apparel trimming or binding, and 260 for coated stays or
stiffeners.
Class 5, subclass 500 provides for a stock-material* product
solely disclosed for use as an underpad or cover pad for a mattress,
and which protects the mattress by receiving discharges of the body,
for example, infants or hospital patients. Those cover pads are
usually made of absorbent material.
Class 112, subclasses 400+ provides for sewn stock-material*,
except for sewn stock-material* which includes a discrete
mechanical fastener(s), a coating, or an adhesive bond, for which
see subclasses 102+ of this class (428).
e. Textiles and manufacture thereof in general
Class 8 provides for a process of (1) dyeing or bleaching stock-material*;
(2) treating hides, skins, feathers, or animal tissue with chemicals
or fluids; (3) improving the felting properties of fibers*;
(4) treating textile* fabrics* or fibers with
fluids, with or without chemical modification of the treated material;
or (5) a product resulting from any of the processes above, where
not specifically provided for elsewhere. Structured stock is classified
in Class 428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, or other
appropriate class.
Class 26 provides for mechanical, nonliquid treatment of textile* fabrics* (e.g.,
napping), subsequent to fabrication, which is not provided for elsewhere.
Stock-material* products of a Class 26 process are provided for
in this class (428).
Class 28, subclasses 72+ provide for a mechanical
textile* process not elsewhere provided for, a combination of
such a process with another textile* operation or with a
nontextile* operation provided for in some other textile* class
with a nontextile* operation where such combination is
not specifically provided for in the other textile* class.
Stock-material* products of a Class 28 process are provided
for in this class (428).
Class 140 provides for processes of wire-working, e.g., uniting,
shaping or deforming, but generally not for the products thereof.
For the line between Class 140 and the other textile classes, see
the main class definition of Class 140.
3. Static objects and materials.
a. Receptacles, chambers, etc. Articles* in the form
of receptacles or chambers are provided for in a number of classes
and portions of classes, the most important of which are listed
below. Those which also provide for sheet* or web* material,
claimed in terms of significant wall structure, are indicated by
the symbol "#". Significant wall structure
includes seam structure (not merely the composition of the seam
and adjacent portions), spaced wall components, etc. Also significant
for placement in the classes marked "#" is
specified wall structure in relation to the container (e.g., inside
or outside). Thus, a coated or laminated wall in which the composition
of a layer is recited as being on the inside (or outside) of a container
is considered to be significant wall structure and placement in
classes marked "#" is indicated.
See reference to Class 138 in this section for examples of
wall structure which would also be considered to be significant
for placement in such classes, and for example which would not be
so considered.
Class 123 provides for certain chambers in an internal combustion
engine.
Class 126, subclasses 19+ provide for ovens.
Class 164, subclasses 349+ provide for sand molds,
and subclass 374 for a flask section to be used in a metal-casting
operation.
Class 206 provides for a special receptacle.
Class 215 provides for bottles and jars.
Class 217 provides for wooden receptacles.
Class 220 provides for receptacles in general, and for metallic
receptacles in particular. See subclasses 23.9, 62.21, 574.3, 495.01+,
and 908.1+ for a receptacle having a liner.
Class 229 provides for paper receptacles. See especially subclass
71 for a paper-like display envelope for receiving an identification
card, and other appropriate subclasses for receptacle structure
as provided for therein; a coated wall structure, where the coating
is specifically defined to be either on the inside or outside of
the bag or receptacle will be considered receptacle structure and will
indicate placement in Class 229. This coating may be for the purpose
of acting as a vapor barrier, waterproofing layer, or antislide
means, etc., and is especially related to the contents of the bag
or receptacle.
Class 249 provides for articles* which are static
molds.
Class 266, subclass 39 provides for articles* which
are receptacles for treating molten metal.
Class 432, subclass 247 provides for an article* which
is a heating or heat-retaining chamber.
b. Other hollow subject matter.
Class 89 provides generically for an article* which
is a gun, shield or gun mount.
Class 138 provides for an article* which is a tube
and for tubular stock-material* in which the claims include
a limitation regarding wall structure. A claim which recites a
particular composition as being the inside or outside wall of a
tube is considered to be significant wall structure and placement
in Class 138 is indicated. However, a claim which recites a tube
or conduit having two or more layers* and then recites
the compositions of the layers*, but does not specify which
layer is inside or outside, is not considered to include significant
wall structure and will be placed in Class 428. Examples of significantly
recited coated wall structure for classification are:
1. A tube having a wall comprising a layer of metal and on
the outer (or inner) surface thereof a layer of polypropy lens.
2. A tube having a laminated wall of three layers, in order
from the inside to the outside, comprising polyethylene, epoxy,
and polypropylene.
Examples of coated or laminated wall structure which are not
significantly claimed and which indicate classification in Class
428.
1. A tube having a wall structure comprising a layer of metal
and a layer of polypropylene.
2. A tube having a laminated wall of three layers comprising,
in order, polyethylene, epoxy, and polypropylene.
Class 239, subclasses 548+ provide for a unitary
plural-outlet means, and subclass 589 for a rigid fluid-confining
distributor for ejection of fluents and slurries by slinging, sloshing,
centrifugally throwing, etc., such material in the form of fog,
mist droplets, etc.
384, Bearings, subclasses 276+ provide for an article* which
is a bearing sleeve, or liner. See also the reference to Class
508, above.
Class 406, subclass 191 provides for conduits for fluid-current
conveying.
c. Structures related to radiant or wave energy
Class 181, subclasses 33+ provide for an article* or
a stock-material* with particular claimed structure (either internal
or external) for the purpose of deadening, attenuating, or amplifying
sound.
Class 250, subclass 515.1 provides for an article* which is
a radiation shield.
Class 274, subclasses 41+ provide for a stock-material* having
significant structure disclosed for receiving records of sound or
having such records formed therein or thereon.
Class 333 provides for an article* of use in an electrical wave
transmission line or network.
Class 343 provides, especially in subclasses 741+,
an article*, e.g., an antenna, used in radio-wave communications.
Class 359, subclasses 36+ provides for a liquid crystal device,
per se, which controls light direction or intensity by (1) deforming
or relatively displacing portions of, or changing the shape or size
of an optically reflecting or transmitting medium, surface or interface,
or (2) changing the composition, internal structure, or the physical or
chemical properties of such a medium, surface or interface, and
in subclasses 838+ for a mirror having claimed optically
significant structure, e.g., concave, convex, polarizing, selectively
absorbing, optically critical thickness, etc. A plural layer product,
one layer of which merely acts as a support or base for a coating which
affects the transmission of light therethrough, which one layer
is uniformly opaque or transparent or translucent, is excluded from
Class 359, and will be found in the appropriate subclasses of Class
428, see especially subclass 426.
Class 369 provides for a record of information which is to
be reconstructed dynamically by other than magnetic means. See,
in particular, subclasses 272+. A disc with/without
grooves which does not include recorded information is classified
in Class 428, subclasses 64.1; and see especially subclass 908 for
a collection of stock materials having an impression retention layer.
Class 430 provides for a finished photograph which is chemically
defined. See the note to Class 428 in the main class definition
of Class 430.
Class 422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting, Deodorizing,
Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate subclasses for certain receptacles
and chambers in which a chemical reaction takes place.
d. Other structures and static object. A patent to a rigid laminate
or stock-material* merely defined as a building component,
e.g., floor, wall, stile, etc., will be placed in Class 428.
Class 40, subclasses 39+ provide for a fluid-operated, rotatable-changeable
exhibitor which may resemble a special occasion ornament for Class
428, and subclasses 7+ and 156 for a frame, as defined
therein, with or without an identification card therein, and not
having any specific printed indicia thereon; see also the reference
to Class 283, below.
Class 49, subclasses 440+ provide for a channel guide
of stock-material* with specific structure to facilitate securing
it to a support, and subclasses 475+ for a closure seal
or striker gasket of stock-material* provided with means
for attachment to a support.
Class 52, provides for a product in the form of a web* or sheet* generally
employed as a portion of a building structure and including (1)
a stiffener or edging extending along a face thereof, or (2) means
facilitating securement of the web or sheet to a support, e.g.,
a flange at the edge of a panel for receiving a nail, or fastener
apertures at the edge of a panel. Class 52 also provides for: a
composite panel formed of separate sheets which are secured together
by a mechanical fastener; a composite panel having spaced facing
sheets with inturned, opposed flanges that form an edge of the panel;
and a panel which interfits with a support such as a frame or shaft.
See, particularly, subclasses 98+ for a fracturable building
component, subclass 105 for a component with indicia, subclass 177
for a component having a specified wear or friction surface, subclasses
311.1+ for an ornamental or decorative component, subclasses
393+ for a yieldable component, subclasses 474+ for
a panel held by a preassembled or prepositioned frame or shaft,
subclasses 596+ for a stone-like module, subclass 631 for
a bent component, subclasses 633+ for an openwork component,
subclasses 656 for a frame, per se, subclasses 716.1+ for
an in situ attached-type channel or trim member, and subclasses
782.1+ for a composite laminate with a disparate edging
or an imperforate face.
Class 109 provides for safes and components thereof, bank
protection and related devices, and in subclass 495 provides for
a shield or protector for preventing a projectile, or knife or sword,
or bomb fragment from contacting a person or thing. This could
be a portable device or one which attaches (i.e., has attaching
means such as belts, straps, etc.) to a bomb for containing the fragments.
Class 160 provides for a panel structure for use in a flexible
or portable closure or partition, especially in subclasses 385+ for
fabric having a modified edge (e.g., loops) for attachment to an
elongated support.
Class 180, subclass 68.6 provides for an article* which is
a motor vehicle radiator protector.
Class 228, subclass 56 provides for a metal article* useful
as filler material in a metal fusion bonding operation.
Class 238 provides for an article* which is a railroad rail.
Class 248, subclass 248 provides for an article* which
is a shelf support made from a single blank. The blank itself is
classified in this class (428).
Class 283, subclasses 74+ provides for an identification card
having printed matter thereon.
Class 404 provides for a road or pavement which has structure
peculiar for pedestrian or vehicular traffic. A laminated or layered* product
with no structure which peculiarly adapts it for use for vehicles
or pedestrians, such as a crown, grading, contour, etc., is classifiable
in Class 428.
Class 405, subclasses 276+ provide for metallic sheet piling.
Class 425, subclass 470 provides for a shaping or casting
surface for nonmetal material.
Class 588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment,
subclasses 249-260 for permanent containment of hazardous or toxic
waste, particularly subclasses 252+ for solidification,
vitrification, or cementation.
4. Electric and magnetic elements. The classes listed below,
with the exception of those marked with the symbol "#",
do not provide for electric or magnetic stock-materials*.
The marked classes or portions of classes provide for stock-material* only
when such material has a claimed internal or external structure which
makes the material of utility only in a single class. In general,
an electrode is either an article* for the classes listed,
a stock-material* for this class (428), or a composition
for a composition class, notably Class 75, or Class 252, subclasses
500+.
Class 136, subclasses 236+ provide for thermocouple junction
stock-material*.
Class 148, subclasses 33+ provide for P-N junction stock-material* made
by a process of that class.
Class 174 provides for stock-material* in the form
of an electrical conductor with a covering of dielectric material
wherein the conductor includes structure disclosed to be specially
designed to conduct electricity, or the dielectric includes structure
disclosed to be specifically designed to space the conductor from
ground or from a device of otherwise different potential.
Class 191, subclass 22 provides for conductive articles* specifically
designed to transmit electricity to vehicles.
Class 200, subclasses 262+ provide for electric switch contact
elements which go beyond stock-materials*, e.g., by having
two spaced conductors, etc.
Class 204, subclasses 194+ for articles which are
elements of an electrolytic apparatus.
Class 219, subclasses 145+ and 552+ provide
for articles* which are electric heating elements.
Class 257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors, Solid-State
Diodes), provides for electronic devices or components that are
made up primarily of semiconductor materials which operate by the
movement of charge carriers - electrons or holes - which undergo
energy level changes within the material and can modify an electrical
input to achieve rectification, amplification or switching action.
A mere named combination of doped semiconductor materials where
the sole use of the device is disclosed as an active solid state
device results in classification in Class 257. Recitation of electrical contacts
or leads is not necessary to classification in Class 257.
Class 310, subclasses 248+ provide for articles* which are
electric generator or motor brushes.
Class 313, appropriate subclasses, especially subclass 326,
provide for electrode structure for electric lamps and other discharge
devices which are defined by their structure for in such devices.
A mere recitation of a wire, rod, strip, cylinder, etc., is not
considered to be structure for Class 313, nor is a recitation only
of the electrode composition or of a base and/or coating.
Nonmetallic* rods, strands, fibers, etc., which are structurally
defined, but do not include structure for use as electrodes for
lamps, are found in Class 428, subclasses 357+; note especially
subclasses 375+ for coated rods, strands, fibers, etc.
A plurality of electrodes, unless specifically related structurally
to each other or to other structure, for use in a lamp or discharge
device will be found in Class 428, appropriate subclasses.
Class 317 provides for articles* of use in electrical applications
not provided for elsewhere.
Class 318 provides for articles* used in electric-motive power
systems.
Class 335, subclasses 296+ provide for a magnet or magnetic
material (including structure, e.g., lamination of work at least
two magnetic layers disclosed for use as a source of magnetic flux
for performing external work).
Class 336, subclasses 233+ provide for a core or
magnetic body comprising superimposed bundles or layers of magnetic
material in the form of sheets, rods, or wires, and for single sheets,
punchings, rods, or wire which have such configuration that they
have no utility except in building up of a core or coil for use
in an inductor device within the class definition (e.g., transformer,
etc.).
Class 337, subclass 379 provides for an article* which
is a bimetallic element of a thermally actuated switch. This class
(428), subclasses 616+ provide for bimetal thermostat stock-materials*.
Class 338 provides for electrical resistor stock-material* which
is claimed in terms of its resistance characteristics.
Class 340 provides for articles* used in electrical
communications.
Class 360 provides, especially in subclass 131 for a product,
which may be layered or otherwise structured, which is particularly
or uniquely designed or arranged to store or record information
by a change or variation in the magnetic state of the device. The
line between Classes 360 and 428 is as follows:
Class 379 provides for article* used in telephony.
1. A product recited as magnetic tape or storage will not suffice
to place a patent in Class 360 in the absence of recitation of structure
of the overall product or internal structure of the material, or
function, unique to magnetic memory or recording.
2. Layered products of general utility or otherwise not provided
for utility are classified in Class 428. A patent disclosing both
a Class 360 and a Class 428 function, and in which the claims are
generic to both disclosures on which has a claim specific to the
Class 428 disclosure will be placed in Class 428 as an original.
(1)
Note. The following examples are set out to serve as guidelines
in determining placement of patents:
(a)
improved adhesion of magnetic layer to base, greater tensile
strength of the layer (s) abrasion lubricated surface, improved
flexibility, etc., are not considered to be be structure or properties
peculiar to information recording or structure;
(b)
structure which is directed to improved signal-to-noise ratio,
signal stability, nondestructive readout (N.D.R.O.), nonprint through
of signal, signal identity, hysteresis loop, orientation or packing
density of magnetic signal is significant for Class 360, and patents
claiming such structure or function will be so classified.
Class 429, subclasses 40+ provide for a catalytic
fuel cell electrode structure, subclasses 129+ and 247+ for
a battery separator or retainer, subclasses 209+ for a battery
electrode and subclasses 233+ for a battery grid.
Class 439 provides for articles* which are electrical
connectors. See the introduction to part 5 a, below.
5. Mechanical elements
a. Joints. Those classes or portions of classes which provide
for joints and connections, viz, Class 160, subclass 42, Classes
277, 285, 403, and 439 take a connection or seal between two or
more members at substantially a single locus where the structure
or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular relationship, etc.) of at
least one of the members is specifically recited. For a mere joint
or connection between two members defined merely by the compositions
of the members, see this class, appropriate subclasses, particularly
subclasses 630+ and 426+ where glass is one of
the members.
Class 15 provides, in appropriate subclasses, especially subclasses
208+ for stock-material* product disclosed solely
for use as a wiper, dauber or polisher for brushing, scrubbing and
general cleaning.
Class 29, subclasses 76.1+ provide for an article* which
is a file or rasp, and subclasses 95+ provide for an article* which
is a cutter.
Class 30 and Class 83 provide for articles* which
are cutting implements appropriate to each class.
Class 51 is referred to in part B, above.
Class 55 and 210 provide for filters, especially subclasses
522+ of the former and 500+ of the latter for
such filter product manufactured of or including a specific material
(e.g., fiber*, coating, etc.), or possessing specific structure
(e.g., weave, knit, etc.). Class 55 takes its own stock-material* when
it specifies that a gas separation takes place or is about to take
place. In Class 210 there must be claimed structure, internal or
external, restricting the stock-material* to filter use.
A filter generic to Classes 55 and 210 is placed in Class 210.
Class 131 is discussed in part C, 2, b, above.
Class 241, subclass 95 provides for a stationary comminuting
surface having openings.
c. Friction elements
Class 188, subclasses 250+, and Class 192, subclasses
107+ provide for a product with a frictional property,
where said property is enhanced by claimed structure (external, such
as disc surface configuration, or internal, such as discrete zones
of friction material, particular arrangements of strands, fibers
or layers), where the sole use disclosure is as a brake for Class
188, or as a clutch or brake for Class 192. Where the use of the
product goes beyond these classes, or there is no claim to brake
or clutch/brake features, placement in Class 428 is indicated.
See also the reference to Class 52 in part C, 3, d, above.
d. Other machine elements
Class 101 provides for a product which is disclosed as a printing
plate and has significant structure for printing (see subclass 395),
or a nonuniform (e.g., hydrophylic-hydrophobic) coating only for
printing purposes (see subclasses 453+), or a hectographic
surface (see subclass 473).
Class 152, subclasses 151+ provides for a resilient
tire, subclasses 548+ for such tire formed of a particular
material(s), and subclass 367 for a tire patch.
Class 346, subclasses 134+ provide for a single or
plural layer web or sheet which is disclosed as a record receiver
solely for use with apparatus provided for in (1) and (2) of the
definition of that class.
(1) Note. A web or sheet disclosed as a record receiver of
general utility, or for multiple uses, at least one of which is
other than for a recorder apparatus provided for in Class 346, is
classified in the appropriate subclass in Class 428, with a cross-reference
to Class 346, if appropriate.
(2) Note. A web or sheet which has chart graduations thereon
will be assigned to Class 346, subclass 135.1, regardless of its disclosure.
Class 411 provides for expanded, threaded, headed, or driven
fasteners.
Class 416, subclasses 223+ provides for an article* which
is an impeller or turbine blade.
Class 492, Roll or Roller, provide for rolls and rollers which
claim enough of the surface and support structure to rotatably mount
the roller. Hollow cylindrical rollers follow the line specified
with regard to Class 138 in part C, 3, b, above.
6. Coating and coated products.
Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 206-238 provide for
processes of carburizing, nitriding, or both (e.g., carbonitriding, etc.)
of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for the resulting stock.
Class 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, provides
for the manufacture of stock-material* products by chemical
processes involving electrical or wave energy, and except for products
classifiable in this class (428), subclasses 544+, for
a stock-material* product disclosed solely as made by a
process which, per se, would be classified in Class 204. A multiple
disclosure that the product can be manufactured by either a Class
204 process or another process (e.g., spray coating, electroless-depositing,
etc.) indicates original classification in another class (e.g.,
428, etc.), with a cross-reference, as needed, to Class 204.
Class 420 provides for alloys and compositions having a ontinuous
phase of metal.
Class 427 provides for the method of applying a coating or
impregnation to a substrate.
In relation above, the following guidelines are to be followed
in determining whether a process step is significant for determining the
classification of a patent containing only process claims in either
Class 427 or Class 428:
(a) Any pretreatment or post treatment of a base or applied
coating is significant, e.g., curing, drying or smoothing of the
coating, or cleaning, drying or heating of the base, etc. General
statements such as applying, impregnating, coating, covering, etc.,
or allowing to cure, allowing to dry, etc., are not considered to
be significant method steps.
(b) Any specific recitation of the manner in which the coating
material is applied, e.g., brushing, dipping, padding, spraying, immersing,
is significant.
(c) Any limitations regarding the thickness of a coating or
nonuniformity of a coating resulting from a process is considered
to be significant.
(d) Specific recitations as to the condition of the coating
material being applied are significant, except for the following:
(1) Any condition also included in an independent composition or
material claim, such as p4 concentration, etc.; (2) A general reference
to the state of the coating material as molten, in solution, in
an organic or inorganic solvent, etc., unless accompanied by specific
limiting conditions such as time or temperature (even though recited
as ordinary temperature or room temperature, etc.). However, specifically
recited solvents such as benzene, carbon tetrachloride, sulfuric
acid, etc., are considered to be significant.
Any patent having only process claims in which at least one
significant limitation is recited, examples of which are given above, is
placed in Class 427. All process claims having no significant limitation
recited will be placed in Class 428.
Special Note in relation to Class 427:
As a general rule, specific subclasses in Class 427 are not
pointed out as pertinent fields of search. Class 427 should be considered,
in all instances, for the disclosure of a product made by the process
in the appropriately titled subclass.
7. Assembling and/or shaping. In general, the products
of the following classes which provide for assembling and/or
shaping methods are not classified in these classes, but in this
class (428), or other appropriate product class: Classes 29, 65,
72, 76, 79, 82, 125, 156, 164, 219, 228, 264, and 413.
8. Other manufacturing or treating.
Class 261, subclasses 94+ and 100+ provide
for apparatus under the class definition, including a porous mass* or
porous sheet*, respectively, for providing intimate contact
between a gas and a liquid.
9. Miscellaneous devices.
Class 16, subclasses 221+ provide for hinges of indefinite
length.
Class 33, subclasses 12+ provide for stock-material* fabrics* with
pattern lines (guide or gauge lines) thereon, and subclass 567 for
a plural layer product disclosed solely for use as a gauge block.
Class 36 provides for an article* which is specifically
shaped or contoured to be part of a boot, shoe, or legging, e.g.,
heel, innersole, vamp, etc.
Class 102 provides for an article* which is an explosive
or ammunition device.
Class 116, subclass 22 provides for an article* which
is an animal frightening device.
Class 165, subclass 185 provides for an article* which
is a heat transmitter.
Class 267 provides for an article* which is a spring
device.
Class 269 provides for an article* which is a work
holder.
Class 280, subclasses 11.18 and 28 provide for an article* which
is a runner or runner base for a land vehicle.
Class 288, subclasses 51-55 provide for articles* which
are soldering irons.
Class 374, subclasses 529+ provide for articles* modified
over and above the material or composition thereof, to produce motion as
the result of changes in the thermal condition of the devices or
structures, and subclasses 205+ provide for articles* combined
with additional structure to form an arrangement which provides
an indication produced from motion resulting from changes in the
thermal condition of the articles*.
Class 376 provides for an article* which is a nuclear
element and for stock-material* of such element having
a unique adaptation for such use. For example, a jacketed material
having passages for the escape of fission products is a unique adaptation,
but a merely sheathed material is not.
Class 446, Amusement Devices: Toys, subclasses 217+ for
spinning type toys which are similar in construction to special occasion
ornaments for Class 428, subclasses 7+.
Classs 473, Amusement Devices: Games, subclasses 316+ for
an article* which is a golf club shaft.
ART TERM INDEX TO THE CLASS
The following Search This Class, Subclass references are provided
for convenience in locating the principal subclasses containing patents
related to certain terms generally employed in the art.
D. CLATHRATES AND INTERCALATES
Clathrates and intercalates (inclusion compounds), per se,
are classified hierarchically and subject to the limitations set
forth in the compound (element) classes based both on the encapsulant
and encapsulate. For example, a clathrate of urea and hydrogen peroxide
is classified in Class 564, subclass 32, urea and an organic compound
in Class 564, subclass 1.5, dextran and iodine in Class 536, subclass
112, etc. Where a patent does not state that a material is either a
clathrate or an intercalate, the assumption is made that the material
is either a coated or encapsulated product classified in Class 428,
subclasses 402+.
SECTION III - SUBCLASS REFERENCES TO THE CURRENT CLASS
For art terms relating to nonstructural laminates - see section
II, Glossary of Terms, Part B.
Glossary terms below are characterized as either A. Structural
or B. Nonstructural or Composition. The terms are identified as
such.
Terms or phrases used in titles and definitions either repeatedly
or in a special and limited sense are set forth below with the meaning
each is to have in this class. For economy of space, an asterisk
(*) following a word indicates that reference should be
had to this glossary for the specific meaning thereof while an asterisk
following an hyphenated phrase, (e.g., strand-portion*, etc.)
indicates that the entire hyphenated term, as such, has been defined
in this glossary.
Note. Where appropriate throughout the definition, the alternatively
singular or plural forms of a noun have been indicated by the addition
of (s) immediately following the noun, (e.g., layer(s) to mean a
layer or layers, etc.).
ADDITION POLYMER FROM UNSATURATED MONOMERS
Any multiunit chain which is the product of the reaction of
unsaturated bonds in the units. The product may be the result of
interaction of molecules of the same compound (as polyethylene)
or of different compounds (as acryronitrile-styrene). Vinyl acetate
and methyl methacrylate are included within the scope of the term because
the monomeric units are linked through the reacted unsaturated bonds
and the ester groups are pendant - i.e., the units are not linked
through the ester groups. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ALDEHYDE OR KETONE CONDENSATION PRODUCT
A resin resulting from the reaction of an aldehyde or
a ketone and a polyfunctional active hydrogen containing compound,
which, with the elimination of water, produces a chain of alkylidene
units alternating with the residue of the hydrogen supplying compound.
Phenol formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde and polyamino (e.g., melamine)
aldehyde or furfural resins are within the scope of the term. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ANIMAL MEMBRANE
Material derived from an animal and found there originally
in film or layer form, e.g., bladder,skin or scale. Glue or gelatin
in a film form is not included here because neither exists in the
animal as a layer or foil. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ANTIFERROMAGNETISM
Antiferromagnetism occurs when the exchange interaction
between neighboring atoms cancel each other, so the net magnetic
moment is zero. Examples of antiferromagnetic materials are (Pt,
Ir, Cr , and Pd) Mn alloys, and select transition metal oxides.
ASBESTOS
A native magnesium calcium silicate. Asbestos is not considered
to be included in the term "metal compound" for
purposes of this class, but is included in silicon containing, unless
specifically stated otherwise in a title or definition. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ARTICLE
A discrete determinate three dimensional thing substantially
in its ultimate use form, as distinguished from stock material (e.g.,
sheet, etc.) from which such articles may be manufactured. These
articles are limited to subclasses 2 through 34.1, part of subclass
542 and subclass 576. (Structural)
BASE
That substance or material which has been covered or saturated
or permeated, either partially or completely by another material.
This term is synonymous with Substrate. (Structural)
BITUMINOUS OR TARRY RESIDUE
A composition or compound having the characteristics of
a tar or pitch no matter what the origin. This term includes all
asphalts, bitumens, pitches and tars from coal, mineral oil, cotton
seed pitch and the residue from the destructive distillation of
wood, and natural oil distillations. Carbohydrate 1) polyhydroxy
mono-aldehydes and polyhydroxy mono-ketones, generally having the
formula Cn(H2O)m and substances
which are hydrolized to these. The term includes cellulose, starch dextran,
dextrin, sugar, and lignin. (Nonstructural or Composition)
(1)
Note. Wheat paste, which contains gluten, is considered polyamide.
BLANK
See definition of intermediate-article*. (Structural)
BLOCK
A relatively large piece of material whose thickness
is many times that of a web* or sheet* compared
with its width. (Structural)
CARBON
Inorganic material. (Nonstructural or Composition)
CELLULOSIC
A carbohydrate material derived from the structural matter
of plant life, usually from the stems. The term includes lignocellulose
(e.g., wood and bark) relatively pure cellulose (e.g., cotton and
linen) and chemically modified forms of cellulose as cellophane,
pyroxylin, viscose and rayon. While pyroxylin may be plasticized with
minor amounts of camphor and/or castor oil, for purposes
of classification, pyroxylin is considered cellulosic. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
CERAMIC
Clay containing, therefore silicon containing. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
CORK
The outer bark of cork oak. The cork may be in the form of
slabs or may be used as a filler in finely divided form. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
CAVITY
A hole or a hollow place in a body. (Structural)
CELL
A closed cavity (which may be empty or full) in a component*.
(Structural)
CLOTH
A fabric* which for purposes of this class is
considered to be made of mechanically intertwined, interlooped, interwoven,
or intertangled strands*, strand-portions* or strand
like strips*. See Class 442, class definition. (Structural)
COMPONENT
A distinct unitary element of a composite stock material* which
is longitudinally coextensive therewith and which, if separated
from the remainder of such stock material*, would be recognized
as a web*, sheet*, rod*, strand*,
tube or block by itself. A component may consist of plural layers* as
in the folded component shown in Figure 1. See also (2) Note under
A, above. (Structural)
COMPOSITE
A stock-material* comprising a plurality of
components*. (Structural)
COMPOSITION
A product having a plurality of constituents* or
elements, none of which are in a defined spatial or ordered relationship
to each other or to the surface or shape of the body in which they
are contained, that is, a random mixture of elements. (Structural)
CONSTITUENT
A discrete element* (e.g., strand*,
fiber*, particle*, etc.) of a component* or
product.
CORE
intermediate portion of a composite* product.
In a composite web* or sheet*, a core lies between
two other components*; in a rod* or strand* or
filament*, a core is the inner portion covered with another
layer. If a core is claimed, per se, it is to be assumed for purposes
of this class that the other layer(s)* or component(s)* are included.
(Structural)
ELEMENT
See definition of constituent*. (Structural)
ESTER
A compound which is identical to that obtained by the replacing
of a hydroxy hydrogen of an alcohol or a phenol with an acid radical.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
ESTER LINKAGE
The chemical grouping obtained by replacing the hydroxy
hydrogen of an alcohol or a phenol with an acid radical. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
FABRIC
A web*, sheet* or film disclosed as
used in the manufacture of household furnishings (e.g., draperies,
upholstery, etc) shoes, etc., roofing, clothing, tires, etc. and
is claimed as a textile*, cloth* or fabric. See
Class 442, class definition. (Structural)
FERRIMAGNETISM
Ferrimagnetic materials exhibit exchange interaction between
neighboring atoms leading to adjacent moments; however, the magnetic
moments are unequal and opposite in direction. The magnetic properties
of ferrimagnetic materials are strongly temperature dependent and
are characterized by their Curie temperature. Examples of ferrimagnetic
materials are rare earth-transition metal amorphous alloys, such
as GdFeCo, TbFeCo, and select granular transition-metal alloys.
FERROMAGNETISM
Ferromagnetic materials exhibit exchange interaction between
neighboring atoms leading to adjacent moments. Ferromagnetism is
temperature dependent and field strength dependent. Typical ferromagnetic materials
include transition metals such as Fe, Ni, and Co and their alloys.
FIBER
A relatively short, slender, flexible element of macroscopic
size and finite length and having a width and thickness of the same
order of magnitude. A fiber is generally of staple length to facilitate
its being spun, twisted or otherwise secured together into a composite strand
but may be of shorter length requiring bonding, felting or matting
to form a strand or layer. It may be of animal (e.g., wool, rabbit
hair), vegetable (e.g., cotton, jute, hemp), or mineral (e.g., asbestos,
glass, metal) origin and may be either natural, modified or synthetic.
See also Filament. (Structural)
FILAMENT
A fine threadlike body or structure whose width and thickness
are of the same order of magnitude. See also fiber. (Structural)
FLAKE
A small thin mass having a width or length greater than its
thickness. The term flake is considered to denote structure and
is classified accordingly. (Structural)
GLASS
An amorphous, hard, brittle, often transparent material comprising
a fused mixture of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline earth,
or heavy metals. Glass is not considered to be included in the
term "metal compound" for purposes of this class,
unless specifically included in a title or definition. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
GRAPHITE
Inorganic material as is carbon. (Nonstructural or Composition)
GUM
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac below. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLE
A fully shaped article, all three dimensions of which
are definite, even though one or more of these dimensions may be
negligible. The article is not suitable for functional use in the
claimed condition, but must be subjected to one or more further
significant shaping steps to do more than merely occupy space. The
following operations have been regarded as not involving a further
significant shaping: (a) Assembling or uniting the article with
other parts. (b) Distorting the article during an assembly operation
to cause the article to conform to discrepancies in the size or
shape of a coacting part. (c) Bonding or distorting those portions
of the article which are to function as means for fastening the
article to a coacting part, as, for example, the bending of ears
or tabs. (Structural)
LAC
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac below. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
LAYER
A single thickness of material(s) in the form of web* or sheet*,
or a plurality of any of these in side-by-side coplanar relation;
or particulate material arranged in continuity to constitute a distinct
stratum. A layer may include a plurality of components* as
in Figure 2. See also (2) Note under A, above. (Structural)
MAGNETIC
A material exhibiting the inherent property of magnetism,
which is dependent on the electronic configuration of the atom,
crystalline and molecular structure, and coupling between electrons
arising from the orbital and spin magnetic moments of the nucleus
and electrons. A material is considered magnetic for the purposes
of this class if it exhibits a nonzero magnetic moment, such as in
paramagnetism, ferromagnetism, and ferrimagnetism.
MASS
A body of material of indefinite or indeterminate shape.
(Structural)
METAL
A material having a continuous phase of any element of the
periodic table except hydrogen, a noble gas, a halogen, a chalcogen
(oxygen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium), nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon
and boron. Elemental silicon is considered to be a metal, but a
silicon compound is not considered to be a metal compound on the
basis of silicon content. The term "metal compound" in
a subclass title does not include glass or asbestos, unless specifically
included by title or definition. The metal may be a pure metal
or an alloy as defined in Class 75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes,
Compositions for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions,
and Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 122, (1) Note. An
intermetallic compound of two or more metals, e.g., a metal silicide,
aluminide, etc., is considered to be an alloy. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
METALLIC
Composed entirely of metal* or having adjacent
metal components. Since autogenous bonding of two metallic parts
is thought to involve inherently either a diffusion or alloying
between constituents of the two parts, this diffusion or alloy layer,
even though of appreciable thickness, does not prevent the undiffused
or unalloyed regions from being considered. (Structural)
NATURAL OIL OR GUM, ROSIN OR LAC
Any oil, gum or resin that occurs in nature, as cottonseed,
linseed and castor oils, rosin, mineral oil and the exudation of
insects known as lac. These three classes of oil; drying, semidrying
and nondrying oil are included within the scope of the term. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
NATURAL RUBBER
Containing the natural gum, know as caoutchouc, gutta percha,
or balata obtained from the latex or sap of "rubber" trees.
The word "rubber" standing alone is considered
to denote natural rubber. (Nonstructural or Composition)
NOBLE METALS
Those metals not readily oxidized, i.e., silver, gold,
platinum, polladium, mercury, iridium, rhodium, ruthenium, osmium.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
NONTHICKNESS SURFACE
The surface of a web, sheet, layer or component on which
both its length and width may be measured. See Figure 3. (Structural)
OIL
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac, above. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
PAPER
Unless otherwise specified, is a sheet or web of waterlaid
felted cellulosic fibers. May also be made of asbestos, mineral
or synthetic fibers or blends of fibers, but must be so disclosed
solely, or must be so claimed for placement in a subclass other
than cellulosic or paper. (Nonstructural or Composition)
PARAMAGNETISM
Paramagnetic materials have magnetic moments not completely
canceled because of electronic configuration and exhibit a resultant
moment. Paramagnetic susceptibility is strongly temperature dependent.
Examples of paramagnetic materials are CoCr alloys at specific
Cr concentrations and materials exhibiting specific size ranges
of either the magnetic grains or particle dimensions.
PARTICLE
A very small quantity of matter, so small as to be considered
without magnitude although possessing inertia and the force of attraction.
(Structural)
POLYAMIDE
A polymeric compound containing amide groups through
which the monomers are linearly linked, except urea-aldehyde (for
which see alddhyde or ketone condensation product). The term includes
1, the reaction products of polyamines and polybasic acids or 2,
the polymer of amino acids (e.g., nylon, peptides and proteins).
The manner in which the amide groups linearly link the monomers
or moieties, of which the chain is built is graphically indicated
by the below: (Nonstructural or Composition)
(1)
Note. Wheat paste, which contains gluten, is considered to
be a polyamide.
(2)
Note. Polyamide also includes polyimide.
(3)
Note. Urea-aldehyde condensation product is not included
within the definition of polyamide since the product is significantly different
from other polyamide resins and are similar to phenol-aldehyde resins. Hence,
urea-aldehyde products are placed in the subclass providing for
aldehyde-ketone condensation products.
POLY(AMIDO-ESTER)
A compound which is a polymer of linearly recurring amide
and ester linkages. The monomers do not have to have an equivalent
number of amide and ester groups and they do not have to occur in
a regular pattern. The products of (1) a) polybasic acids b) polyhydric
alcohols and c) polyamines or, (2) a mixture of hydroxy acids and
amino acids or (3) polybasic acids and hydroxy amines are within
the scope of the term. (Polyurethane is exemplary): The manner
in which the ester and amide groups linearly link the monomers or
moieties, of which the chain is built, is graphically indicated by
the below structure. The ester groups need not be carboxylic esters
but may be, e.g., sulfate ester groups. (Nonstructural or Composition)
POLYESTER
A polymeric compound containing ester groups through which
the monomers are linearly linked to each other. The manner in which
the ester groups linearly link the monomers or moieties, of which
the chain is built, is s:graphically indicated by the below structure.
The ester groups need not be carboxylic esters but may also be, e.g.,
sulfate ester groups. (Nonstructural or Composition)
POLYIMICAL
Included within the term polyamide. (Nonstructural or Composition)
PORE
A tiny opening, usually microscopic, through which certain
fluids may pass. Generally, the pore opening is of such irregular
direction that light will not pass through it. (Structural)
POWDER
A mass of particles, that is, portions of matter so small that
they are not ordinarily handled as individual units. According
to Metals Handbook, 8th Edition, 1961, volume 1, page 28, powders
currently used in powder metallurgy had a particle size within the
range of 0.1 to 1000 microns in their largest dimension, as determined by
screens or other suitable instruments. Powder particles generally
are distinguished from filamentary particles in that their shape
and length-to-diameter ratio are such that in the dry state the
particles will not hold together as a massive article without the
application of pressure or heat. (Structural)
QUARTZ
A fused silicon dioxide (silica). (Nonstructural or Composition)
REFRACTORY
Various materials, but usually clays or other cementitious
or silicon containing. Consider to be silicon unless clearly disclosed
otherwise, as for example alumina. The refractory metals are those
in Groups IVB, VB and VIB of the Periodic System. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ROSIN
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ROD
A relatively rigid and slender element having a width and
thickness of the same order of magnitude, a length which may be
either indeterminate or finite, and a cross-section which may be
of any shape. (Structural)
SHEET
A portion of web* material of finite length,
whose width is greater than its thickness, and which may be of any perimetric
shape (e.g., triangle, circle, etc.). (Structural)
STOCK-MATERIAL
A sheet*, web*, rod*, strand*,
tube or block, mass or layer. (Structural)
STRAND
A relatively slender and flexible element* having
a width and thickness of the same order of magnitude and a length
which is either (a) indeterminate or (b) coextensive with the length
or width of a sheet* or layer* with which it may
be associated. A strand may be a monofilament or it may include
either a plurality of filaments* or fibers* disposed
in parallelism (e.g., tow) or constituent fibers* and/or
filaments* knitted, plaited, braided, twisted, interlaced,
interlocked or otherwise secured together to form a unit such as
roving, thread, yarn, cord, rope or cable. (Structural)
STRAND-PORTION
A strand* of finite length; or an unsevered
but determinate length of a strand. (Structural)
STRIP
A web* or sheet* or relatively narrow
ribbon-like material. A strip which is interwoven or intertangled
with other strips or with strands, in the same manner as a strand,
will be termed a "strand-like strip". (Structural)
SUBSTRATE
See Base*. (Structural)
TEXTILE
A fabric* which, for purposes of the class is
considered to be cloth*. See Class 442, class definition.
(Structural)
WAX OR WAXY
A compound described as a wax (e.g., beeswax) or having
the physical characteristics of a wax or is a recognized wax (as
carnauba). (Nonstructural or Composition)
WEB
A portion of material having length and width each greater
than its thickness and with at least its longitudinal dimension
indeterminate. A web may comprise (a) a single thickness of material
or (b) a plurality of portions of a single piece of material folded
on each other longitudinally or transversely, or (c) a plurality
of individual web components* joined together in longitudinally coextensive
face or edge contact to form a composite web. (Structural)
(1)
Note. Unless clearly disclosed or claimed otherwise (e.g.,
as a rod*, mass*, filament*, etc.) a
product will be placed in the appropriate web* or sheet* subclass.
(2)
Note. Included under the definition of component* or
layer are the following: (a) The skin formed on a porous layer* by
curing (e.g., a foam, etc.). (b) The "layer*" formed
by impregnating a substrate to a defined depth which must be recited
either relatively to the entire thickness or as an absolute dimension.
(c) Either of a pair of layers* of the same material cohered
or adhered together by their own forces, if disclosed as plural
separate layers*.
(3)
Note. For purposes of this class, paper* is limited
to a waterlaid web* of interfelted cellulose* (natural)
fibers*. A waterlaid web* of resin, polymer or
modified cellulose* (e.g., cellulose acetate) fibers is excluded
from the paper* subclasses and will be classified on other
features (e.g., composition, etc.).
(4)
Note. Where a subclass title includes a "coating" or "coat" or "coated
layer*", a bonded or adhered component or layer* is intended
to be included within the scope thereof. Thus, a product formed
by laminating or adhering two separate and distinct layers* is
considered to be the equivalent of a product made by applying a
coating of a material onto a base* or substrate*.
WOOD
The material of trunks and branches of trees or bushes, excluding
bark. This term includes lumber and finely divided wood chips, fibers
or flour. "Fiber board" from wood fibers or pulp
will be considered wood or paper depending on the disclosure of
the document in which this expression occurs. Fiber board formed
by compression of wood fibers with or without a binder (and utilized
as wood) is considered wood. Fiber board which is water laid (and,
used as cardboard or paste board) is considered paper. (Nonstructural
or Composition).
WORKPIECE
A stock-material* not suitable for functional
use in the claimed condition, but requiring one or more further
significant shaping steps to do more than occupy space. Usually
it is the cross-sectional configuration which is to be further shaped.
See the definition of intermediate-article* for a list
of operations not considered to be significant shaping.
Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery chemistry
involving a process, product, or composition using a liquid crystal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter wherein a chemical composition has been stipulated
for a layer that acts to selectively orient liquid crystal molecules.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter wherein the alignment layer is of an inorganic
chemical composition (e.g., glass, metal oxide, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter wherein the alignment layer is an organic
polymer, or derivative, with structural units linked by amide grouping.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter wherein the alignment layer is an organic
polymer, or derivative, with structural units linked by imide grouping.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.3. Subject matter wherein the viewing layer includes a chemically
identified material polarizer, a material causing light ray or other
radiation to vibrate in a pre-defined pattern, or a dye, a material
imparting color or to.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.3. Subject matter wherein the outer viewing layer includes
an ester, i.e., reaction product of an alcohol and an organic acid.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter wherein a chemically identified material
forms a layer or film functioning to join layers together or add
an intermediate layer to the display.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter wherein the film or layer is identified
as including an ester, i.e., reaction product of an alcohol and
an organic acid.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter wherein the film or layer is identified
as including an open chain organic compound, e.g., containing at
least one double or triple bond.
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.6. Subject matter wherein the alignment layer is chemically
identified as being inorganic, e.g., glass, metal oxide.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising the material usually discarded from a
residence (e.g., table scraps, empty food packages, etc.) or from
a business establishment (e.g., rags, paper, etc.) and which has
been densified into a mass and handled as a unitary element.
Fuel and Related Compositions,
subclass 541 for a fuel product which is bundled, wrapped or
covered and subclasses 589+ for a fuel briquette containing
vegetation or refuse.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 103+ for an earth supported type monument, and 316 for
an ornamental surface of a building type structure formed by relief
or intaglio deformation of a surface.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which comprises (1) ribbon or strand material
doubled on itself about a transverse line of bend and knotted, or
otherwise fastened to maintain the resultant looped structure; or
(2) feather or filamentary material formed loosely into a tuft or
ball; or (3) material gathered, pleated or looped about a central point
or axis suggestive of the petals of a flower seen in plan view
but lacking sufficient floral fidelity or similarity to constitute
a simulated or artificial flower; or (4) plural strands, or portion
of a single strand, knotted together.
(1)
Note. A patent to a bow, pom-pom rosette or knot combined
with another article (i.e., as an embellishment thereon) is to be
placed with patents to such other article.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising an embellished, treated or
simulated feather or a group of feathers not elsewhere provided
for.
(1)
Note. This subclass includes patents directed to (a) a reconstructed
feather, i.e., a composite of feather element portions arranged
to produce a desired configuration, (b) a simulated feather comprising
artificial fibers or natural feather flues each extending laterally from
a quill part; or (c) a cut of fur pelting in simulation of a feather
or a group of feathers in the shape of a panache.
Apparel Apparatus,
subclass 47 for a device or machine for working (preparing,
curling, attaching, etc.) feathers for plumes, ornaments, apparel trim,
etc., not elsewhere provided for.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which has as its intended function only
the temporary embellishment or adornment of a place or thing in
connection with a particular event (e.g., Halloween, birthday party,
Christmas, etc.).
(1)
Note. A patent directed to a disclosure of an obvious abstraction
of a simulated or modified natural article (e.g., planar paper cutout,
etc.) may be found in this or an indented subclass.
(2)
Note. The occasion may be festive or somber.
(3)
Note. Wreaths are considered to be special occasion ornaments
for indented subclass 10.
(4)
Note. This subclass is the locus for artificial Christmas
trees unless provided for in an indented subclass.
(5)
Note. A patent directed to an occasion ornament in the form
of a web* or sheet* (e.g., festoon, streamer,
etc.) will be placed in the appropriate stocks material subclasses
of this class (428).
Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate subclasses, for related structure generally
used in an advertising display; and see
subclasses 446+ thereof, for a display ornament including a mobile
element.
Amusement Devices: Toys, appropriate subclasses for similarly constructed
devices which are differentiated from ornaments by the intended
interaction between the user and toy.
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament fabricated of plural parts which are completely
separable as units without destruction thereof, for purposes of
assembly and disassembly.
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament which is either articulated, or foldable, or inflatable
and deflatable, or telescopic, for purposes of structural compactness
(as for storage) and wherein said parts when so disposed retain
a structural unity.
(1)
Note. Adjustability that achieves another display form only
(e.g., a figurine, the arm of which may be exhibited in either an
extended or crooked position) is not considered to include the characteristics
of collapsibility.
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament comprising an annulus either simulating, or ornamented
by ribbon or floral-like leaf material intertwined along the annular path.
Plant Husbandry,
subclass 41.01 , for related structure including a moisture retaining
core adapted to sustain the life-like characteristics of natural flora.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ , for a twisted or twined textile strand; especially
subclass 203, for chenille type; see class definition, section VI,
reference to Class 57.
(a) approximates a sphere or spheroid; or (b) is an inverted
deep cup, typically having a recurving brim and simulating a bell;
or (c) comprises radially disposed points (e.g., geometric starpolygon)
or lines (e.g., asterisk) which constitute the conventionally accepted pattern
suggestive of the luminous heavenly body- "star".
(1)
Note. This subclass includes, for instance, the vari-shaped
Christmas tree "ball".
Games Using Tangible Projectile,
subclasses 52+ for a ball adapted to be used in the game of billiards
or pool, subclasses 125+ for a ball adapted to be used
in the game of bowling, and subclasses 569+ for a game
ball, per se.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising parts which are either articulated,
or foldable, or inflatable and deflatable, or telescopic, for purposes
of structural compactness (as for storage) and wherein said parts
when so disposed retain a structural unity.
(1)
Note. Adjustability that achieves another display form only
is not considered to include the characteristic of collapsibility.
Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclasses 220+ for an inflatable toy, subclass 388 for an animate
figure formed from folded sheet material, and subclasses 487+ for
other toys which are or collapsible.
Article* under the class definition in the form
of an exhibit piece which is:
(a) enclosed within a surrounding peripheral enclosure (separate
or integral); or (b) encased, either loosely or embedded, in a self-sustaining,
light transmissive enclosure: or (c) a three dimensional scenic
representation including an article of commerce and/or
a product of nature or a replica thereof.
Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate subclasses, for an advertising display; and
subclasses 700+ , for a picture mount where the picture is not an
essential structural element of the combination.
Article* under the class definition wherein the
primary structure is:
(a) a replica of an article of commerce or a product of
nature; or (b) a product of nature which is modified but retains
the general structure and appearance of such a product.
(1)
Note. For placement herein, and indented subclasses, the
disclosure of an article in the form of a reproduction does not
require exactness of duplication; but a disclosure of a pictorial
representation of a natural product, or a mere imitation of a material
finish (e.g., grain, etc.), is excluded from this subclass.
for a web* or sheet* with a discontinuous
or differential coating, impregnation or bond which may constitute
a representation or imitation of a material finish.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 311.1 for an ornamental product for that class involving defined
coloring, thickness variation or dissimilar elements forming a pattern.
Plant Husbandry, appropriate subclasses for a cut plant treated to prolong
the characteristics of life, and especially
subclasses 41.01+ for the combination of a receptacle and a cut plant
either treated, or with means, to prolong the characteristics of
life.
Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions,
subclasses 114+ for compositions for treating a cut plant to maintain
its freshness or to prolong the characteristics of life.
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article wherein the product simulated or treated is at least
part of the woody portion of a woody perennial plant, which plant
is generally distinguished by a substantially sized single or main
trunk with attached branches and foliage.
(1)
Note. A patent restricted to a bush or shrub type plant is
not considered to be directed to a tree structure.
(2)
Note. A patent to a simulated tree trunk or branch is included
in this subclass, but not one to a tree leaf alone (for which see subclass
17).
(3)
Note. An artificial or natural tree used for a special occasion
(e.g., Christmas, etc.) is considered to be a special occasion ornament
and will be found in the appropriate subclass above.
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Tree, either (a) in combination with a decorative article
thereon or with an attachment whose function is to support another
article (e.g., card or confectionery holder, etc.); or (b) embodying
integral tree structure (such as a curved branch) specifically designed
to function as an article supporting means.
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Tree fabricated of a plurality of parts which are structurally
completely separable for purposes of assembly or disassembly.
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article including; (a) any simulation of a fruit, or (b)
an extended ribbon-like structure having a leafy configuration along
a longitudinal edge thereof and intended to embellish a food display.
Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 126 , for a simulation in the form of an imitation article
(e.g., ice cream) intended for display purposes.
Food or Edible Material, Processes, Compositions,
and Products, appropriate subclasses for an edible material intended
for human or animal consumption.
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article constructed, at least in part, of a material which
is a product of nature (animal, vegetable or mineral) and which
at least broadly retains a form characteristic of such product.
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Plant form either (a) in combination with means (e.g., base
or suspension structure) to support same other than an integral
framework around which the plant form is constructed; or (b) a plurality
of such forms e.g., bunched, etc.).
Plant Husbandry,
subclasses 41.01 and 55, for a cut flower holder and for a stem
(usually of wire) for attachment to the short stem or calyx of a flower;
and subclass 72, for a flower pot cover.
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article comprising either the bloom or blossom, or a leaf
of such bloom or blossom, of a plant of the type that originates
from seed.
(1)
Note. The bloom or blossom is that part of the seed plant
which supports the reproductive spore in an envelope (corolla) that
includes a calyx and petals.
(a) lacework or knotted mesh fabric*, or an open
wire mesh whose continuity and integrity derive from the wire"s
permanent set; or (b) free running strand lengths.
(1)
Note. Specifically excluded from this subclass, and included
in subclass 26, is a patent to an artificial flower including filamentary
material which is merely woven, knotted, or braided.
This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Flower fabricated from: (a) textile* fabric*, including
ribbon; or (b) any of the paper* materials (e.g., crepe,
Kraft, etc.); or (c) from any of the moldable, high molecular weight compounds
whether manufactured by synthesis or chemical modication of naturally
occurring high polymers (e.g., cellulose* acetate, polyvinyl* chloride,
phenolformaldehyde resins, rubbers and urethane* foams,
etc.).
(1)
Note. For a definition of paper, see the definition of Class
162.
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Means restricted to the requisite structural skeleton integral
with and around which a composite* floral-piece, or element* thereof,
is or may be constructed.
Plant Husbandry,
subclass 41.01 , for related structure including a moisture retaining
core; and subclass 55, for a flower support designed to appear as the
stalk thereof.
Supports,
subclass 27.8 , for a support, per se, for a completed wreath,
spray of flowers, etc. The framework onto which the natural or artificial
vegetation is fixed, is proper subject matter for Class 428, subclass
27; however, such a framework combined with a hook for use in supporting
the finished wreath, etc., or legs, which maintain the finished
wreath off the ground is proper subject matter for Class 248, subclass
27.8.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which is, or includes, an element* of
decoration utilized in structural design to denote a termination
of the structure to which it is applied, and which decoration is disposed
on an end or at an edge of such structure.
(1)
Note. The final or pendent ornament may have a utilitarian
function.
(1) a picture or design at least part of which is in an
invisible or dimly visible state and is so constructed as to become,
by intended use, preceptible, or more clearly so, upon appropriate treatment;
or (2) material intended to present apparent visible changes in
an incorporated design or image when: (a) subjected alternatively
to reflected or transmitted light; or (b) viewed on a single face
thereof, along different sight lines; or (c) viewed alternatively
on each face, and the included image or design is either completely
light pervious or substantially identical on each such face.
Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 106.51+ for a display including an illusion of motion;
subclass 137, for a sign with a changeable reading; and other appropriate
subclasses, for a latent image in a display device.
Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery compositions,
a latent radiation image, and a process of developing an exposed
image.
This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Product including substantially parallel grooves or color
bands, of minute width to effect a play of color.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. An article* which is to be placed on a vehicle
to provide a decoration or embellishment therefor.
(1)
Note. So-called "trim" panels, usually used
in upholstering and/or decorating the inside of vehicles,
are not included under this definition of article. Such "trim" panels
will be found below on other features, see for example, subclasses
156+ (embossed sheet material) or 355+ (sheet
with cover or casing).
(2)
Note. Included herein, for example, are automobile hood ornaments,
streamers or other similar devices to be attached to a vehicle body
for embellishment thereof.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. An article* comprising as a portion only thereof,
(1) a strand*, strand-portion* or strip* wound
or coiled around the article or (2) a plurality of strands* or
strand-like materials mechanically interlooped, interlaced, or intertwined
on the article*, each of (1) and (2) above serving to ornament
or embellish the article*.
(1)
Note. Examples of articles found in this subclass are; sword
hilts or scabbards which are ornamented with the woven, braided
or wound strands*.
(2)
Note. Excluded from this definition is a filament, rod or
other indeterminate length and non three dimensional element having
a wound or wrapped coating.
for a web* or sheet* having components* which
are twisted or folded about one another, or a component* which
is arranged in a series of mutually parallel convolution along the longitudinal
axis of the web* or sheet*.
for a rod*, strand* or filament*,
or a coating therearound, helically wound or twisted about an axis
extending longitudinally thereof, the axis, in the case of the coating,
being that of the core*, filament*, rod* or
strand*.
INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E. STOCK BEFORE PRINTING):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter for use as a receiver for ink jet printing
and that includes a top ink receptive layer, a support for the top
ink receptive layer, and sometimes includes a specialized layer
on the back of the support for protecting the support or providing
specialized characteristics (e.g., antistatic, etc.).
(1)
Note. An ink receptive layer is defined as an involved layer
or region of a layer that will absorb, fix, or permeate all or any
component of the originally applied ink composition. Thus, a layer
that fixes the pigment component of the applied ink or a layer that
absorbs only the solvent component of the applied ink will be considered
ink receptive for the subclasses hereinunder.
Paper Making and Fiber Liberation,
subclass 100 for fibrous products of Class 162 processes not
elsewhere provided. Class 162 processes relate to depositing fibers
from a liquid suspension thereof to form an interfelted fibrous
product (paper), and combinations of such fiber depositing steps with
other treatments of the deposited fibrous product prior to the final
drying thereof not elsewhere provided. Class 428 provides for coated
fiber containing sheets that are coated after the wet water laid
sheet has been dried at least to room equilibrium moisture level.
Lacking an indication to the contrary, it will be assumed that
a coated fiber containing sheet is proper for Class 428, if it is
a non-structural laminate or has sufficient structure according
to theClass 428 definition.
Recorders, for making a record of the movements of machines or instruments
whose movements are desired to be recorded and at least temporarily preserved,
making a record of any phenomenon capable of being detected either
quantitatively or qualitatively and recorded for at least temporary
preservation, the record making means and its immediate actuating
means as a subcombination of either, and watchmen"s and
workmen"s time-recorders and time stamps. See Class 346,
subclass 134 record receivers and/or driving means
therefore for the material on which the record of the machine movement
in response to mechanical stimulus (e.g., vibration, rotation of
machine, etc.) is made. Thus, if the machine operates as a result
of computer direction as in an ink jet printer or thermal printer, the
receiver is proper for Class 428.
Incremental Printing of Symbolic Information, for processes and apparatus for conveying information by selectively
creating on a medium a visibly distinguishable symbol or mark composed
of a plurality of portions. Particularly note Class 147
subclass 105 for subject matter including means specific to
the medium and its processing wherein the receiving medium has a
special characteristic such as fluid receiving layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter which is adapted to act as a receiver
for other material in addition to ink from an ink jet printing.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein ink jet receiving layer is intended
to act as a receiving layer for the ink which will be transferred
to another substrate in a subsequent step.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the ink image to be formed will
be viewable from either side of a transparent support and capable
of being projected by light onto a screen.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the support is a synthetic resin
specified as having small open or interconnected randomly distributed
microvoids.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein a physical property (e.g., dimensions,
optical, smoothness, etc.) of a support is given.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.18. Subject matter wherein an optical characteristic (e.g.,
opacity, brightness, etc.) of the support is the specified physical
property.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.18. Subject matter wherein a physical property of a paper
support made from wood pulp is expressed as (a) the degree of uniform
evenness and flatness of a paper surface or (b) as a rate at which
water drains from a stock suspension through a wire mesh screen
or a perforated plate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter where the support contains a naturally
occurring fibrous cellulosic material composition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein there is a layer having specialized
characteristics (e.g., antistatic, anticurl, adhesive, antifriction,
etc. located on the opposite side of the support from the ink receptive
layer (i.e. not next to the ink receptive layer).
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the ink receptive layer contains
a polymer derived from three distinct monomer units.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the ink receptive layer has reacted
with a reactant that increases or interconnects polymer chains,
or the ink receptive layer is referred to as hardened.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the ink receptive layer contains
a proteinaceous (i.e., polypeptide) gel derived usually derived
from a naturally occurring animal product (e.g., collagen, etc.)
by boiling in water.
(1)
Note. Lacking an indication to the contrary, the use of gelatin,
per se, will be assumed to meet the definition of this subclass.
However, it is possible to have a material identified as a gelatin
that is not proteinaceous (e.g., starch, pectin, polyamide resin,
etc.) and does not meet this subclass definition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the ink receptive layer contains
a hydrocarbon compound that contains four hydrocarbon groups covalently bonded
to nitrogen.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter in which the ink receptive layer contains
a mordant which will combine with an applied dye-containing ink
composition to form an insoluble color precipitate on the substrate,
(e.g., dye plus metal chelating agent, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.31. Subject matter in which the physical property of the
ink receptive layer is a void size (e.g., 60 to 150 A., etc.) or
is void volume (e.g., cc, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.31. Subject matter in which the physical property is expressed
as the ability of the ink receptive layer to reflect light specularly
from the surface thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.34. Subject matter in which the particles present in the
ink receptive layer are expressed as a range of particle sizes included
in the ink receptive layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.34. Subject matter in which a surface on the particle present
in the ink receptive layer is distinguishably characterized (e.g.,
coated, charged, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.34. Subject matter in which a physical property of the particles
(e.g., oil absobitivity, surface area, pore size, etc.) present
in the ink receptive layer is given
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter that relates to a substrate onto which a
non-chemically reactive color layer will be selectively conveyed
from a thermal transfer donor through application of heat and direct
contact to set a pattern thereon.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.39. Subject matter that additionally includes a product for
thermally forming a record that includes (a) a non-chemically reactive
color transfer layer of which a portion is selectively conveyed
through application of heat and direct contact to set a pattern
on a receiver, (b) a non-transferable support (i.e., carrier) for
the transfer layer, and (c) also may include on the support specialized
non-transferable layer(s) having characteristics that promote easy
handling of the support or removal of the selectively transferred
portion.
THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter that relates to a product for thermally forming
a record that includes (a) a non-chemically reactive color transfer
layer of which a portion is selectively conveyed through application
of heat and direct contact to set a pattern on a receiver, (b) a
non-transferable support (i.e., carrier) for the transfer layer, and
(c) also may include on the support specialized non-transferable
layer(s) having characteristics that promote easy handling of the support
or removal of the selectively transferred portion.
Record Receiver Having Plural Interactive Leaves
or a Colorless Color Former, Method of Use, or Developer Therefor, for material which is used to form a visible record
by a reactive or interactive, usually chemical or physico-chemical,
phenomenon or a method of using such a material to form a record.
The formation phenomenon is one of the following: (a) The chemical
decomposition of a colorless substance to form a substance having
color; (b) the chemical combination of two or more colorless chemical
moieties to produce a substance having color; (c) The further chemical change
of (a) or (b) above, to form a color different from an original
color; and (d) The chemical or physico-chemical complementarity
between the bottom surface of one sheet of a record receiver and
the top surface of an adjacent sheet with which the first sheet
is associated.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.61. Subject matter wherein the transfer layer is a porous layer
containing a thermally transferable color therein.
for a composite having a component wherein a constituent
is claimed as a liquid ink that is contained within the pores of
a carrier material (i.e., generally extrudable from the pores by application
of pressure).
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.6. Subject matter wherein physical properties (e.g., shrinkability,
thermal conductivity, etc.) of the support are set forth.
(1)
Note. Having multiple layers on the support will not be considered
enough to qualify for this subclass unless physical properties of
the support are specified.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.6. Subject matter wherein a non transferable backing layer
on the support is specifically adapted for contacting of a heat
source .
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.64. Subject matter wherein the layer adapted for contacting
a heat source is resistant to the flow of electrically.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.64. Subject matter wherein the layer adapted for contacting
a heat source has a numerically specified heat resistance and a
capacity to reduce friction.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.64. Subject matter wherein the layer adapted for contacting
a heat source has a capacity to reduce friction.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.64. Subject matter wherein the layer adapted for contacting
a heat source has a numerically specified heat resistance.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.6. Subject matter wherein the support has a non-transferable
layer thereon that has identified specialized characteristics.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.9. Subclass wherein the specialized non-transferable layer
has a characteristic that enables easy removal of the transferable
material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.81. Subject matter wherein the release enhancing non-transferable
layer contains a low melting mixture of organic materials or a compound
of high molecular weight which is solid at room temperature similar
to fats and oils except containing no glycerides and referred to
as wax.
Subject matter under 32.6 wherein the transfer layer contains
a low melting mixture of organic materials or a compound of high
molecular weight which is solid at room temperature similar to fats
and oils except containing no glycerides and referred to as wax.
This subclass is indented under subclass 32.6. Subject matter wherein the transfer layer contains plural
distinct polymers that are not covalently bonded to each other.
PLURAL PARTS WITH EDGES OR TEMPORARY JOINING MEANS EACH COMPLEMENTARY TO OTHER
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising a plurality of portions arranged
with complementary areas to enable attachment of the portions to
make different shapes, and to permit detachment of the portions
at will.
(1)
Note. The portions herein are similar to jigsaw puzzle pieces
and can be assembled and disassembled at will. If any tool must
be used, or a portion permanently deformed so as to be further unusable,
the article is excluded from this subclass and will be found below,
or elsewhere, on other features.
LIGHT TRANSMISSIVE SHEETS, WITH GAS SPACE THEREBETWEEN AND EDGE SEALED (E.G., DOUBLE GLAZED STORM WINDOW, ETC.)
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which comprises at least two light transmissive
components secured in spaced relation and cooperating to create
an airtight void.
(1)
Note. At least one of the components must be transparent
in order that objects may be seen therethrough.
(2)
Note. The term "gas" includes a vacuum as
well as gas under pressure.
for a nonstructural laminate including a layer* of
glass and especially 438+ for automobile safety glass in
which an intermediate layer*, usually of cellulosic material,
bonds two sheets* of glass, thus leaving no space therebetween.
Static Structure (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 171.3+ for a residual transparent panel with treating
means, subclass 204.52 for a double pane panel with an open vent
or plugged vent and subclasses 783.1+ for a sandwich or hollow
panel and see section VI, C 3d of the class definition of this Class 428.
HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* having an opening therethrough or having
a cavity which may or may not be filled with another material.
(1)
Note. This subclass is the locus for patents which claim
a tube or a container merely by name with no details recited of
structure associated therewith such as wall structure, openings,
etc. For articles of this type which are more specifically claimed,
see VI, C., 3 a., in the main classification definitions where significant
wall structure is discussed as it relates to patent placement in
other "container or tube" type classes. Also
see search notes below.
(2)
Note. Since the classification lines between Class 428 and
Classes 138, 206, 215, 220, 229, and 383 are not always clearly
defined, it is suggested that a search for a coated tubular object
or container include pertinent subclasses in all of the above classes.
(3)
Note. Subclass 38.1 includes but is not limited to vessels,
trays and annular articles not elsewhere provided for.
Plant Husbandry,
subclasses 41.01+ for a receptacle, per se, which has structure or
means for growing a live plant (e.g., drain hole, watering wicks, etc.)
or for the combination of a receptacle and a freshly cut plant, treated,
or with means, to prolong the characteristics of life.
Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses, for a tube or conduit which
is defined in terms of its wall structure (e.g., spiral seam, coating
on inner or outer wall, etc.) and not merely by its composition.
See also section VI, B, of the definition of this Class 428, reference
to Class 138.
Purses, Wallets, and Protective Covers, appropriate subclasses, for an article of this type
in which details of the receptacle are recited such as wall structure,
mouth frame, compartments, etc.
Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 423 for a container for holding either freshly cut
or artificial vegetation, either as the container, per se, or as
the combination with the artificial plant.
Bottles and Jars, appropriate subclasses, for a glass article of this
type which is claimed specifically as a bottle or jar by reciting
details thereof such as the wall structure, neck, specific orientation
of a coating on the inside or outside of a wall, filling opening,
etc.
Receptacles, appropriate subclasses, for a container of the type which
is claimed specifically as a receptacle by reciting details thereof
such as wall structure, side, bottom, filling opening, or specific
orientation of a coating on the inside or outside of a wall; see
especially Class 220,
subclasses 62.11+ .
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which contains glass*, ceramic*,
or a metal oxide or metal carbide material which is sintered, fused,
fired, or calcined.
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.4. Article* which contains fabric*, fibers,
particles, or filaments which are composed of glass, ceramic, metal
oxide or metal carbide, or some other inorganic compound.
(1)
Note. Included are fiber glass, mineral fibers, sand, graphite,
carbon, glass chips, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.4. Article* which has two or more distinct layers.
(1)
Note. This subclass does not include as "multilayer",
discontinuous layers (i.e., designs on a vase or nonwraparound label
on a container), slightly overlapping single sheet or film, or a
coating on the seam, edge, or rim only of a tubular article or container.
A glass container with a sleeve around a segment of or around the
whole container can be found in this subclass. An impregnated single-layered
article is considered multilayered only if the depth of impregnation
is defined (see the class definition, Glossary, "Web" Note
(2)). See subclass 34.4 for placement of articles not meeting the
definition requirements of this subclass as stated herewith.
(2)
Note. If unable to determine whether the article is single
or multilayered from the claims or the specification, place the original
classification in the first appropriate subclass which will take
either single or multilayers and generally cross to the specific
subclass for single layer or multilayer, whichever is available.
Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions,
and Products,
subclasses 105 , 135, and 138+ for edible food casings
or casings containing a food product.
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which has the characteristic of being shrinkable
or already shrunk by exposure to a special treatment.
(1)
Note. Treatments may include a temperature increase, the
addition or removal of a solvent or other agent, or removal of a restraint
holding the article or a part of the article in an expanded or unnatural state.
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.9. Article* which is a single layer.
(1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (1) for an explanation of what
makes a layer and Note (2) for situations where the number of layers
is unclear from the claims or the specification.
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which is a tubular film or bag-like container
(e.g., pouch, sack, packet, envelope, butterfly pouch, pouch, pocket-like
container, etc.).
(1)
Note. See subclass 34.3, Note (1) for tubular film explanation.
for self-supporting or rigid tubular object. If
unclear from the claims or specification whether the tubular object
is nonself-supporting, place the original in subclasses 35.7+ and
generally cross to subclasses 35.2+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.2. Article* which contains a claimed vapor or gas barrier
property and/or contains a polymer of vinyl chloride and/or
vinylidene chloride, or a polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit.
(1)
Note. If unclear as to whether vapor and gas barrier properties
are present from the claims, but the specification recites the presence,
place the original in the appropriate subclass according to the claims
and generally cross to this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which contains a cellular material derived
from a plant or animal source, but excludes fossilized matter.
(1)
Note. Cellular material includes naturally occurring material
which still retains a certain amount of the original tissue structure
of the plant or animal. Such material includes wood, wool, cotton,
bark, cork, leather, hair, etc.
(2)
Note. In the absence of information to the contrary, a cellulose,
cellulose derivative, or protein is presumed devoid of cell structure
unless indicated otherwise.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.8. Article* which contains 3 or more layers.
(1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (1) for what a layer is and
what it is not. See Note (2) for what to do when the number of
layers is unclear from the claims or the specification.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of ... which contains a textile*,
fabric*, cloth*, pile fabric, felt, net, web,
mesh, or the like.
(1)
Note. The textile, etc., can be woven or nonwoven, knitted,
matted, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 36.1. Article* of ... which has a textile, fabric, cloth or
pile layer sandwiched between two distinct layers of a material
unlike the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile.
(1)
Note. An embedded textile, fabric, cloth, or pile is not
considered to be a sandwiched layer. It is considered a single
layer and therefore is subclass 36.1 subject matter. Also considered
subclass 36.1 subject matter is a multilayered article where the
layers on either side of the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layer
are identical to the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of ... which contains a fiber or multiple
fibers which are wound around each other as in a braid or yarn or
are wound or wrapped around a core or in such a way to form a self-sustaining
structure or shape.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of ... which contains fibers, filaments, particles,
or flakes which are in random contact or random disarray with each
other.
(1)
Note. The fibers, filaments, particles, or flakes do not
themselves give the claimed article a structure. They can, however,
be oriented in a given direction. These fibers, etc., are usually included
for reinforcement or as fillers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* which contains a vapor or gas barrier property,
contains a polymer derived from vinyl chloride and/or vinylidene
chloride, and/or contains a polymer with a vinyl alcohol
unit.
(1)
Note. See subclass 35.4, Note (1) for cases where it is unclear
from the claims whether vapor and gas barrier properties are present.
This subclass is indented under subclass 36.6. Article* where the vapor or gas barrier, the polymer
derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or the polymer
containing a vinyl alcohol unit is found in a layer sandwiched between
two other separate and distinct layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* which is tubular or cylindrical, has openings
at both ends, and which can hold its own structure without the aid
of a filler or support.
(1)
Note. The difference between the products in this subclass
and a hollow strand*, fiber* or filament in subclasses 364+ is
as follows: the present subclass 36.9 is the locus for a conduit
type article through which a fluid passes and is generally of substantially
larger size (e.g., 3-dimensional) than the strand*, fiber* or filaments
found in subclasses 364+. If it is difficult to determine
from the disclosure whether the article is of the type which should
be classified in this subclass or in the latter, all doubts should
be resolved in favor of the strand*, filament*,
or fiber* and placement made in those subclasses.
for a structurally defined or coated filament*,
fiber* or strand* which could be hollow or open
at both ends, and see (1) Note above for the line between the two
subclasses.
This subclass is indented under subclass 36.9. Article* which contains two or more layers.
(1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Notes (1) and (2) for what a layer
is and is not and for what to do when the number of layers is unclear
from the claims or the specification.
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article which is a single continuous layer.
(1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Notes (1) and (2) for what a layer
is and is not and for what to do when the number of layers is unclear
from the claims or the specification.
SPIRALLY FLAT-WOUND STRAND OR STRIP (E.G., BRAIDED RUG, ETC.)
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product wherein a strand* or strip* is arranged,
and held in fixed coiled relation and lying in a common plane to
constitute a unitary sheet*.
(1)
Note. A patent wherein the convolutions of a spirally flat-wound
strand* or strip* are held in position by stitching
will be found in this subclass.
Sewing,
subclass 412 , for parallel strands*, or strand-portions*,
jointed to each other by sewing. a receptacle, per se, which has
structure or means for growing a live plant (e.g., drain hole, watering
wicks, etc.) or for the combination of a receptacle and a freshly
cut plant, treated, or with means, to prolong the characteristics of
life.
MASS TRANSMISSIVE OF LIGHT THROUGH ALL LAYERS AND HAVING OPAQUE BORDER (E.G., STAINED GLASS, WIRED GLASS, ETC.)
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising at least two parts, the former
permitting passage of light therethrough and the latter, preventing
passage of light, forming a closed continuous frame or border on
at least a portion of the former part.
(1)
Note. This subclass is the locus for an artificial or natural
stained glass window and for a safety glass auto windshield having
a frame therearound.
(2)
Note. "Continuous" in the above definition
is intended to include a frame or border made of separate and individual parts
but abutting with each other to eliminate any space between the
parts.
(3)
Note. Included in this definition is a light transmissive
single or plural layer* sheet* having an opaque
area forming a frame or border around a small portion of the sheet*.
Optics: Eye Examining, Vision Testing and Correcting,
subclasses 41+ for similar subject matter in the form of a spectacle
lens within an opaque frame.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), for a product in which the opaque frame or border
comprises a netted or open-mesh component and there is no light transmissive
or translucent mass.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which is assembled from a plurality of discrete
parts which, taken together, give the appearance of, or representation
of, a real object and is at least partially the result of the outline
and contrast of the parts.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a composite*, web*, or
sheet* having layers* or components* which
are removable one from the other and one of which has an outermost
coating comprising adhesive, exposed when the layers* or components* are
separated, so as to enable the adhesive coating to be adhered to
another surface.
for a composite web or sheet having a layer of adhesive
as an outermost coating and a release or antistick coating associated
therewith, usually on the side of the base opposite to the adhesive
layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains capsules
and/or particulate matter that are solid, hollow, or filled
with another material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains free
metal or combined metal and includes alloys and metal compounds.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains a
polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomer(s),
i.e., wherein the monomer contains a c=c which undergoes addition
polymerization to form long c-c chains.
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.3. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains silicon
as free element, combined element, or in a compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains a
polymer derived from at least one of the following reactants: R
XR////CH2=C-C-N-R,
CH2=C-C=N,R X/// CH2=C-C-OR
and wherein X is chalcogen (i.e., oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium)
and R is hydrogen or alkyl.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component is covered
by a resistant layer, e.g. resistant to heat, cold, oxidation, pollution,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains a
bond inhibiting material or parting material used to prevent adhesion
between lamina in areas that might otherwise bond in the absence
of the material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains at
least two adhesives differing in composition, or differing in tackiness
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter in which the layer or component contains
a material that has an appearance or other psychological effect
which conveys information or is designed to be esthetically pleasing.
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Product in which the layer which is removable comprises
a plurality of components which are noncoextensive with either the
length or the width of the other layer.
(1)
Note. This subclass contains for example a web or sheet on
which there is positioned a plurality of serially arranged adhesively
coated labels which are removed and then adhered to a surface.
SHEET, WEB, OR LAYER WEAKENED TO PERMIT SEPARATION THROUGH THICKNESS
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a sheet*, web* or layer* having
a portion thereof made less strong so as to permit easy separation
at this portion through the thickness portion either longitudinally
or transverse or at an angle to the plane of the product.
(1)
Note. Examples of weakening are - perforating, scoring, or
dissolving a portion of the web, sheet or layer.
for similar structures including perforations or
apertures, however, not for the purpose of facilitating separation of
two portions at the perforations.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product containing a single layer* of at least
three separate, discrete and identifiable parts both laterally and
longitudinally associated (i.e., in a nonthickness direction) so
that it is impossible to draw a single straight line through the
geometric center of all the parts of the single layer*.
(1)
Note. Excluded under this definition is a web or sheet having
a perimeter structure which appears to meet the definition. The
identifiable parts in this subclass do not have any additional structure
at the perimeter thereof. A floor of tile squares is exemplary
of the subject matter in this locus.
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product which has a border or other modification or embellishment
of its entire perimeter, not of the individual sections.
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product comprising a part or layer which permits light to
pass therethrough.
(1)
Note. Any layer or section may be transparent or translucent
for purposes of this subclass, e.g., the sectional layer may be made
of completely transparent sections or an opaque sectional layer
may be adjacent to a continuous layer which is transparent.
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product in which the sectional layer is adjacent to a unitary
web* or sheet* which extends outwardly in both
lateral and longitudinal directions up to or beyond the boundary
of the sectional layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Product wherein the sectional layer has no voids or spaces
in both longitudinal and lateral directions.
(1)
Note. The continuity of the layer may be due to edge abutment
of the parts thereof, or, if there be spaces between the parts a
material completely filling such spaces.
This subclass is indented under subclass 48. Product wherein the distinct parts are made of (1) free
or alloyed metal, (2) glass* or (3) ceramic* material
and the product is commonly known as tile.
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Product wherein at least one of the parts of the sectional
layer has a periphery other than four sides and four right angles.
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product in which the layer is made of parts at least two
of which are united by a distinct mechanical connection extending
over the edges thereof and so arranged as to permit movement between
the parts.
(1)
Note. The motion may be due to (1) freedom in the mechanical
connection between the fastener and the part or (2) free or lost
motion in the fastener itself.
THREE OR MORE COPLANAR INTERFITTED SECTIONS WITH SECURING MEANS
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising at least three sheets* or webs*,
all lying in a single plane and each connected to another by an
edge portion which comprises at least two different planes and having
means joining the sheets* or webs* together.
(1)
Note. The means for joining or securing may be either mechanical
or chemical (i.e., adhesive, etc.).
(2)
Note. The different planes may be either in thickness, i.e.,
the top image or or along a nonthickness surface*, i.e.,
the lower image below.
LONGITUDINALLY SECTIONAL LAYER OF THREE OR MORE SECTIONS
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product formed of at least three parts joined at an end,
forming a layer* in which the parts extends longitudinally,
the longitudinal extent of each part being less than the overall length
of the product.
(1)
Note. In the absence of a clear indication that the sections
of the sectional layer are longitudinally coextensive with the longest
dimension of the product, the sectional layer will be presumed to
be longitudinally sectional for this and indented subclasses.
for a product which may be sectioned longitudinally,
but in which the separate parts interfit on complementary faces
and have additional joining or securing means.
for a product in which at least one side-edge of
a layer or component of a composite product is laterally offset from
the corresponding side edge of a second layer or component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Product wherein the layer of joined parts is contiguous
to a unitary web or sheet which extends outwardly in both directions
(1) up to or (2) beyond the boundary of the layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Product in which the layer has no voids or spaces between
the joined parts in both directions of its plane.
(1)
Note. The continuity of the layer may be due to edge abutment
of the parts thereof, or if there be voids or spaces between the
parts, a material filling such spaces.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product wherein two sheets* or webs* are
joined in either edge abutting or edge overlapping relationship.
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product comprising a plurality of sheets or webs connected
to each other and each sheet or web comprising a plurality of hills
and valleys extending parallel to each other.
(1)
Note. The connection may be through the intermediary of a
planar sheet associated with the hills and valleys, or the hills
of one sheet may be directly connected to those of the other.
(2)
Note. An example of the products found herein is corrugated
cardboard.
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product wherein the sheets or webs are joined along two
or more planes or joined along one plane not perpendicular to the
surface of the sheet or web.
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product wherein the joint is reinforced by additional material
which lies outside the plane of the connected sheets or webs.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which comprises an article*, sheet* or
web* which has an aperture or indentation and material
covering the aperture or fitting the indentation so as to attempt
to restore the article, sheet or web to its original condition.
Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 36.1+ for repairing or restoring articles for reuse and
subclass 30 for furnace lining formation or repair.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product whose outer boundary is that of a single curved
line every point of which is substantially the same distance from
a point at the center thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or circular blank
is a tangible object upon which an information signal is to be stored,
the object having a characteristic which is, or may be, modified
at positional increments in accordance with the time variation of
information which is to be stored thereon.
(1)
Note. The recording medium or carrier for purposes of these
subclasses need not be the specific layer that is intended to contain
the information signal. All layers of the medium or carrier are
considered to be the recording medium or carrier.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier is
designed to undergo a chemical or physical change; e.g., irradiating
the medium with a laser beam to alter the optical characteristics
of the medium or carrier in the irradiated area, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
tellurium as a free element, combined element, or in a compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.5. Subject matter wherein the tellurium containing recording
medium or carrier is covered by a resistant layer; e.g., resistant
to heat, cold, oxidation, pollution, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
linear polyesters containing plural carbonic acid ester groups.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
a material having tinctorial properties.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.8. Subject matter wherein the thickness of at least one layer
or the overall product of the recording medium or carrier is specified.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
a polymer derived from at least one of the following reatants: R
X R R X | | | S
S XCH2=C-C-N-R, CH2=C-CbN, or CH2=C-C-OR
and wherein X is chalcogen (i.e., oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium)
and R is hydrogen or alkyl.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier is
composed of relatively short, slender, flexible elements of finite
length.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to
be used as a toothed wheel, e.g., sprocket, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular D-5 sheet or blank is
to be utilized as a means for stopping or reducing motion; e.g.,
brake or clutch, etc.
Brakes, appropriate subclasses, for a product having frictional
properties where said property is enhanced by claimed external structure
(e.g., disc shape, surface configuration or internal structure such
as discrete zones of friction material or particular arrangements
of strands*, fibers* or layers* and where
the sole disclosure is that the product is used as a brake.
Clutches and Power-Stop Control, appropriate subclasses for a product as above described
and in which the product is solely disclosed as used for a clutch,
or as a brake or clutch alternatively.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to
be used to plug or close an opening at the end of a container or
conduit.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to
be utilized between or around members or joints to prevent leakage
there between or therefrom.
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet has an appearance
or other psychological effect which conveys information or is designed
to be esthetically pleasing.
NONPARTICULATE ELEMENT EMBEDDED OR INLAID IN SUBSTRATE AND VISIBLE
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising a base* or substrate* and
set within the surface thereof, or into an opening or depression
therein, at least one element* which is larger than the
size usually attributed to that of a particle* or granule*,
the element* being visible and resulting in a composite* product
or a mosaic*.
(1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a roofing felt containing
a layer of granules or particles which may be embedded in the felt.
Such a product will be found below on other features; see search
notes, below.
(2)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which the
embedded element is completely enveloped; see search notes, below.
(3)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which the
element is "visible" only because it causes a
variation in thickness, not because it is actually seen in the substrate.
(4)
Note. Included in this subclass are articles such as jewelry,
mosaics, faucet handles having decorative inlays, etc.
for a structure in which the embedded element permits
light to pass therethrough and is set into an opening or casing
therefor provided in a base or substrate.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), appropriate subclasses for a woven or knitted fabric
and particulate matter associated therewith and which may be embedded
in the fabric.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a base sheet* with a distinct
layer* of material enclosing all the edges and at least
one nonthickness surface*.
(1)
Note. The enclosing layer of material may either be unitary
or may comprise a plurality of separate and distinct portions.
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product which contains a nonliquid fluid which is (1) other
than the usual atmosphere or (2) at less than normal atmospheric
pressure.
(1)
Note. Foamed or expanded materials produced by introduction
or in situ production of gas other than air will be placed in this
subclass only when there is a specific disclosure or claim that
the gas remains in the final product and has a desired useful function
therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein an enclosed sheet comprises inorganic material
which has been set to a solid product by hydration.
(1)
Note. Examples of settable inorganic materials are portland
cement, gypsum, plaster of paris, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein the enclosed sheet comprised a heterogeneous
mixture of a gas phase dispersed therethrough.
(1)
Note. See (1) Note and search note in subclass 69 above,
regarding the placement of certain foamed or expanded products.
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product comprising elements or portions of the layer or
enclosure which act together to form closed compartments.
(1)
Note. The cells may be formed by a single enclosed layer
which has apertures therethrough and which apertures coact with
the casing or cover.
(2)
Note. The cells or compartments may be vacant or occupied
with a material.
188 and 304+, for other products in which
at lease one layer comprises cellular material, or in which components* and/or
layers cooperate to form cells.
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Product wherein the compartments are perpendicular to a
nonthickness surface of the product.
(1)
Note. The compartments need not be hexagonal or six sided
as in the usual honeycomb; they may be of any shape but must have
a continuous closed peripheral wall.
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product in which the sheet comprises noninterengaged strands* in
the form of a self sustaining bat or mat (e.g., felt, etc.) or in
the form of loose or free flowing or fluent material.
SHEET FACING AND LONGITUDINALLY NONCOEXTENSIVE WITH WEB OR OTHER SHEET
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product wherein one or more sheet* is attached
to a nonthickness surface* of a base sheet* or
web* in face to face relationship, the base sheet or web
being of greater length than the attached sheet.
(1)
Note. Excluded from under this definition is a print, design
or indicia or other similar discontinuous or differential coating.
The present subclass (77) is intended to take only complete sheets with
the adjacent base.
for a sheet which has a discontinuous or differential
coating, impregnation or bond, in effect yielding a composite layered
coextensive with the lower.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which is a sheet having an outer perimeter other
than rectangular (i.e., four sides with right angles between each
two adjacent sides).
PERIMETER OR CORNER STRUCTURE OF SHEET (EXCLUDING MERE RECTANGULAR)
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which is a sheet* wherein the structure
of at least three edges or at least two nonadjacent corners is recited.
(1)
Note. A sheet or web recited as "rectangular" is
excluded from under this definition unless some specific perimeter
or corner structure is also recited.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a web*, sheet*, layer* or
element* from the surface of which and attached thereto
or integral therewith, extends looped or free ended filamentary* material,
resulting in a bristly, fuzzy or resilient surface.
(1)
Note. Animal skin in which the fur remains intact is considered
to be pile or nap surface and will be placed in this group of subclasses.
for an imitation or treated natural product (other
than animal skin in which the fur remains intact) which has a pile
or nap type surface, especially subclass 17 for artificial grass or
turf.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the free ended or looped filamentary material
is completely embedded in a layer or component* or is disposed
between layers or components*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product wherein (1) there is variation in the height, angles
or type of the pile in different areas of the web or sheet, (2)
spaced or interrupted arrangement of pile areas define a figured
or sculptured design effect; or (3) the pile or nap structure at
an edge of the web or sheet differs from the structure which exists
over the remainder of the web or sheet.
(1)
Note. A patent to a product wherein the base web* is
embossed so as to product a nonplanar pile surface will be placed
in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Variation in type of pile may be based on use of different
materials or the same material varying in a physical property (e.g.,
coarseness of fiber, etc.). Mere difference in color will not be
considered a difference in type of pile.
(3)
Note. A mere random variation in height or angle of pile
which does not product a figured or sculptured design effect will not
support placement of a patent in this subclass and will be classified
below on other features.
This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Product in which (1) the height of the filamentary material
from the surface of the web or sheet or layer is different in spaced
areas or (2) the filamentary material differs in physical property
(e.g., coarseness, proximity of filaments to each other, etc.) in
different areas of the web, sheet or layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product wherein the free-ended material comprises individual
fibers*, either integral with a fibrous or fiber-containing
base and extending outwardly therefrom, or randomly distributed and
adhesively retained on a base.
(1)
Note. A patent for a fabric* having pile which has
been treated additionally so as to separate individual fibers of
the pile strands from each other will be placed here.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the fibers* are integral with
a fibrous or fiber containing base and extend outwardly therefrom.
(1)
Note. Nap is generally raised mechanically by an element
moving on a fibrous material to separate individual fibers* therefrom
and cause the fibers to extend outwardly.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the form or arrangement of the free ends
or loops of the filamentary material is defined.
This subclass is indented under subclass 92. Product in which the filamentary material comprises either
reversely bent discrete strand-portions* or continuous
strands* secured to the web or sheet at bights which engage
the strands* or strand portions*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 93. Product in which the filamentary material comprises an indeterminate
length or a continuous strand and is joined by an adhesive or cement to
the web, sheet or layer or to another part associated with the web,
sheet or layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which is defined the arrangement or constituents
of (1) the web, sheet or layer to which the filamentary material
is attached or (2) an additional part attached to or associated with
the web, sheet, or layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product which is covered or saturated, at least in part,
with extraneous material or is joined to another part by an adhesive
substance.
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the claim defines (1) the elements* or
constituents* which form the filamentary material or (2)
the ingredients which compose the adhesive associated with the web, sheet
or layer.
(1)
Note. Only a single ingredient or constituents* need
be recited to qualify for this subclass, but must be specifically recited.
Thus: a synthetic fiber* is not sufficient for placement
in this subclass, but polyamide* or polyester* is
sufficient; cement* or glue* does not qualify, but
casein adhesive does.
STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a single or plural layer* web* or
sheet* in which (1) the overall web* or sheet* has
a particular size, shape or other physical configuration; (2) components* or
constituents* thereof are arranged in an orderly fashion
relative to a surface of the product; (3) the product comprises
at least two layers* or components*, each claimed
as possessing a particular characteristic which is different from
the other (e.g., hardness, density, etc.); (4) the product includes
a particular characteristic claimed in relation to a surface thereof;
(5) there is a nonuniform thickness, planarity, surface, coating,
impregnation or bond; (6) there are apertures; (7) any other characteristic
is present by which the overall web* or sheet* may
be identified as having a particular structure or configuration.
(1)
Note. A patent directed to a plural layer stock material
product identified solely in terms of the composition of at least one
layer thereof will be placed in subclasses 411+ of this
class (428).
(2)
Note. See the Class Definition, Criteria for Patent Placement
in thei Class, first paragraph, for subject matter excluded from
this class (428).
(3)
Note. Although a naturally occurring fibrous material such
as wood is considerd to have "grain" direction
(see subclasses 105 and 114) such material is not considered as
a fiber-containing material in this or any indented subclass.
(4)
Note. Included under this definition of "significant
size" is any recitation of a measurable extent or range
thereof, no matter how wide (e.g., "up to .075 mils, etc.").
(5)
Note. Included under this definition of physical size is
a recitation of a weight unit (e.g., grams, pounds etc.) spread over
a unit of area (e.g., square feet, square meters, etc.). See also
the class definition, Framework of the Class for other examples
of structure.
for a structurally defined rod*, strand*,
fiber*, particle* or other element* or
constituent* thereof, or a mass thereof, and especially
subclasses 364+ for a product having a width substantially
equal to the thickness thereof (e.g., rod*, strand*, fiber*,
filament*, etc.) and claimed in terms of its particular
shape or size or the shape, size or arrangements of its constituents.
for a nonstructural plural layer*, web* or
sheet* wherein a second component* thereof is
defined in terms of its molecular orientation or crystalline structure.
Conveyors: Power-Driven, appropriate subclasses for an endless belt or stock
material including specific structure for carrying material in a horizontal
plane.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in which the web or sheet has means secured thereto
or integral with a surface or edge thereof for attachment and detachment
at will to a surface or support or to cooperating fastening means.
(1)
Note. A buttonhole, nail hole or similar aperture is not
considered an external fastening means within the definition of this
subclass.
(2)
Note. This subclass is the residual locus for a web or sheet
including an external fastener.
for a composite product in which plural layers are
connected by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting member
extending over the edges of and/or into a plurality of
layers or components.
Sewing,
subclasses 406+ for a separable fastener secured to a base web
or sheet by stitching; subclass 431 for a sewn buttonhole including
a floating strand around its edge; and subclass 437, for a sewn
buttonhole.
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Product in which the fastener comprises a part which (1)
is curved or otherwise bent back towards itself and has a free end
on which another part may be caught or held or (2) has a point curving
or projecting backwards therefrom and onto which another part may
be caught or held.
(1)
Note. The hook or barb may be part of a fiber or filament
or strand in a component so made as to catch or hold onto another
component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein layers or components are arranged in overlying
relation and are permanently connected in such manner as to permit relative
translational movement between them (i.e., in one plane only, vertical,
horizontal or oblique).
for a composite web or sheet in which the components
are joined to each other by a fastener extending over the edges
of and/or into a plurality of layers or components.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet is embellished by, or has
portions joined, reinforced or held in position by, a strand* so
disposed within the product that it must have been introduced therein
by an eyed needle, and also has at least some portion thereof (1)
held in position by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting
member(s) (2) covered or saturated with extraneous material, or
(3) joined to another portion by adhesion or cohesion.
(1)
Note. A patent for a product which includes individual stitch
fastening elements, such as short pieces of wire, will be placed
in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Needling is not considered to be a mechanical connection
or a discrete fastener; therefore a patent to a product wherein
portions are joined by sewing and needling (i.e., interlocking of
fibers) will not be placed in this or the indented subclasses, but
will be found below on other features, see Class 442, subclasses 402+,
for example.
for a product which consists of 3 or more components
not longitudinally coextensive, and which may have been made by
stitching and another fastener, coating or bond.
Sewing,
subclasses 402+ for a sewn web or sheet, per se, and see section
II of the definitions of that class (112) for the scope of that
class and its relationship to other classes.
This subclass is indented under subclass 102. Product wherein the coating, impregnation or bond occurs
in spaced zones, or over an area which is substantially less than
the total area of the composite web, or is of a different character
in different areas of the web.
(1)
Note. A patent for a product wherein a narrow tape is adhered
over a line of stitching will be placed in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Product wherein the coating, impregnation or bond is limited
to the areas where the stitches penetrate the web and, optionally,
the area immediately adjacent thereto.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product including a plurality of layers or components wherein
at least two of said layers or components include substantially
parallel, narrow, elongated elements* (such as strands*, strips* or
fibers*), with those of one layer or component being arranged
at an angle to those of another.
for a product in which the longitudinal axis of
a tubular element(s) of one layer or component is at an angle to the
like axis of a tubular element(s) in a second layer or component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product which comprises layers or components of wood, wherein
the elongated elements are fibers forming the natural grain of the
wood, with the grain of one layer arranged at an angle to the grain
of another layer.
(1)
Note. This is the locus for sheets of plywood.
This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product in which the elemental structures are strands* or
strand-portions*.
(1)
Note. A patent for a product comprising distinct layers of
strands crossed and bonded at their junctions will be placed in
this subclass, but where the angularly related strands are interengaged
(e.g., interwoven, etc.) the patent will be placed in the subclass
defining interengaged strands, etc. such as for example, subclasses
175+ and 196+, and Class 442, subclasses 181+,
depending on the claimed features.
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product in which the Longitudinal axis of the strands or
strand portion follows a curvilinear or multidirectional path.
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product in which there is at least one layer of material
in addition to the layers or components which contain the strands
or strand portions in angular relation.
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Product in which there are at least two such additional
layers, at least one of which is positioned on each side of the
two layers of components which contain the strands or strand-portions
in angular relation.
This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Product which includes a layer or component of mechanically
intertwined, intertangled, interwoven or interlooped strand or strand-portion.
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product wherein the trands or strand-portions are at an
acute angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the web.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product including a plurality of layers or components having
distinctly oriented elemental constituents (such as strands*,
strips* or fibers*) all arranged in the same general
direction.
for a product wherein the elemental constituents
in some respective layers may be parallel to each other whereas those
in other respective layer are in angular relation to each other.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having a plurality of strand-portions* or
strand* loops extending freely in individual or grouped
arrangement from an edge of the web, sheet or component.
(1)
Note. Excluded are fringed manufactures which are the result
merely of a simple textile fabrication, such as weaving or braiding.For
placement in this subclass, a patent must be directed to a product
whose manufacture transcends the function of the textile producing apparatus
(such as a loom or a knitting machine).
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product comprising a layer or component including either
discrete elements (e.g., tubular constituents) or components which
form or cooperate to form, cavities the longitudinal axes of which
are at an angle to the plane of the web or sheet.
(1)
Note. An integral layer (e.g., molded or apertured layer)
including curvilinear or polygonal through openings therein is not
considered to fall within the definition of this subclass. See
particularly subclasses 131+ below.
for a web or sheet embodying an apertured component
(e.g. layer with through openings, expanded metal, etc.) and particularly
indented subclasses 132+ where such component comprises
struck-out portions.
for a web or sheet embodying a component of varying
thickness (e.g., layer with open cavities) and especially subclass
161 for such component cooperating with a second component to form
inter-laminar spaces.
for a web or sheet embodying a nonplanar component
and especially subclasses 178 and 180 where such component cooperates
with a second component to form closed cells.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 783.1+ for a sandwich or hollow panel having a discrete
interlaminar fastener, and subclass 60 for a honeycomb-like layer
not having mechanical connecting means between components.
This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Product in which the cavities contain a material other than
the atmosphere.
(1)
Note. The cells need not be completely filled with the material.
For example a coiled piece of foil within the cell is sufficient
to qualify for this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having one or more components or sheets disposed
with nonthickness surfaces* thereof at right angles to
a nonthickness surface* of the composite product and nonintegral therewith.
(1)
Note. A patent for a product comprising a plurality of relatively
narrow sheets or components assembled with their respective nonthickness
surfaces in face-to-face contact and their edges forming the nonthickness
surfaces of the composite web or sheet will be included in this subclass.
(2)
Note. A patent directed to a product wherein the components
lie in parallel planes which are at an acute angle to the nonthickness
surfaces of the composite product will be placed in subclass 112.
(3)
Note. A patent directed to a product comprising a component
having a portion integral with and disposed perpendicular to a second
portion (e.g., L-shaped, channel shaped, etc.) will be placed
in subclasses 121+ on the basis of a particular edge feature.
for a product including sheets or components disposed
perpendicular to the plane thereof where said sheets or components
form or cooperate to form a honeycomb layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Product in which the component or sheet is not at the edge
of the base web or sheet but is disposed inwardly toward the center.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein a portion if the web or sheet, or of a component
thereof, is turned out of the plane of the web or sheet along a
longitudinal axis thereof and at a longitudinally extending marginal
portion of the web or sheet.
(1)
Note. A corrugated web or sheet comprising a corrugation
pattern which involves a fold at an edge thereof will be placed
in subclass 179*.
Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 383+ for a web or sheet with a folded edge to accommodate
fastening to an elongated element (e.g., frame, etc.) and especially
subclass 387 for a hem in such a web or sheet.
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein the folded component is a relatively narrow
trough-shaped strip with the walls thereof embracing a longitudinal
edge of at least one other component of the web or sheet.
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein the web or sheet is composite* and
a longitudinally extending portion of a surface component is turned
back upon itself or around an edge or a second component of the web.
This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Product in which the folded portion of the surface component
has a free end enclosed within the body of the web out of contact
with the exterior surface of any face layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Product wherein the surface component has either an acute
or reverse fold along each of the opposed edges of the product.
This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Product in which the reversely folded component is part
of an enveloping means which forms the complete (or substantially
complete) exterior of the web or sheet.
This subclass is indented under subclass 128. Product wherein free ends of the enveloping component lie
in adjacent edge-to-edge contact or overlie one another.
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein the turned out portion has particular structure
(e.g., perforations, shape, serrations, etc.) or is dimensionally
related to an exterior of the composite web or sheet component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet or a component thereof,
has one or more discrete through openings with the peripheral wall
or walls of each opening defined by either a line or closed loop
passing through the thickness of the component while following a
unidirectional or multidirectional rectilinar path.
(1)
Note. Reticulation (a form of apertures), may be mechanically
or chemically produced (e.g., spinning a polymer in a net-like or
web-like form, etc.).
(2)
Note. The periphery of said loop may vary in size while passing
through the component or the loop may pass through the component
edgewise to form a slit.
(3)
Note. A product including a component with openings the walls
of which are defined by loops following a nonrectilinear (e.g.,
tortuous or haphazard, etc.) path through the thickness dimension
of the component will be placed in subclasses 304+.
(4)
Note. A patent wherein the apertures are solely for the purpose
of passing a stitching thread through the web will be found in Class
112, Sewing, subclasses 402+ and especially subclass 591.
(5)
Note. Woven, knitted or netted products are excluded under
this definition of aperture, unless it is the intent that apertures
be specifically provided, other than the usual and normal openings
between the strands due to the nature of the weave, knit or mesh.
Generally a woven, knitted or netted product encompasses strands
which lie above and below other strands in the same layer. Apertures
must be deliberately made to meet the definition of this subclass.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 633+ for an "openwork" product for
that class, and especially subclass 660 for a "lattice" type
product (grating, foraminous reinforcement, grille) primarily of
use as a rigid component of a building structure and structurally
similar structures of more general application. See the search
notes in subclass 660 for other classes providing for fabric or
lattice openwork structures.
Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 385+ for stock material having an apertured edge disclosed
for attachment to an elongated support.
Acoustics, appropriate subclasses for a web or sheet with either internal
or external structure wherein said structure is disclosed to be
provided for the purpose of deadening or amplifying sound, and especially
subclasses 284+ where said structure is provided for the purpose
of muffling or filtering sound.
Seal for a Joint or Juncture, for a packing element comprising a web or sheet having
(a) a definite peripheral shape, (b) a modified service opening, or
(c) a configuration or feature particularly adapting the element
as a packing,
subclasses 935+ for a seal made of a particular material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product wherein the web or sheet, or a component thereof,
has one or more portions which project or protrude from a nonthickness
surface of the component and form at least a part of the periphery
of a through opening therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Product in which the component with struck-out portions
is within a layer or the struck-out portions of said component extend
into, interlock with, enmesh or clench an adjacent layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product in which the wall defining a through opening is
of a shape other than a continuous curved line at a constant distance
from a central point.
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Product in which the aperture is shaped as (1) a four sided
closed figure in which two opposite angles are acute and the other
two are obtuse or (2) a six sided closed figure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 138. Product wherein a protruding portion of one component enters
into and engages the periphery of an aperture in another component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Product wherein the apertured component is disclosed between
two components with portions of each of said two components entering the
aperture or wherein the apertured component is completely embedded
within the thickness dimension of a layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in which an area of the web or sheet has a structure
which extends substantially across the area but which is made up
of pits, depressions, furrows or other such irregularities of no
regular design or pattern, so as to give the surface a design or
pattern, so as to give the surface a desired feel or texture and which
area may be (1) exposed or (2) covered with a layer designed to
permit light to pass therethrough and render the area visible or
(3) covered with a material which is opaque but designed to protect
the area from injury.
(1)
Note. The difference between this subclass and 156+ is
that in the latter, the layer is desired to vary in thickness, while
in the present subclass there is no substantial variation in thickness
except merely that necessitated by virtue of the surface irregularities.
(2)
Note. Excluded from this and the indented subclasses are
products which are knitted, braided, woven, etc. The surface characteristics
of such products are considered to be uniform and regular or patterned,
not irregular, as required by subclasses 141+.
(3)
Note. Excluded from this and the indented subclasses are
products in which the textured surface is provided solely for bonding
two layers to one another through the textured surface. This will
be classified below on other features such as the compositions of
the layers.
for a surface which is made up of looped filamentary
material or free ended material extending from and integral with
the surface of a web or sheet, resulting in a bristly, fuzzy or resilient
surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product comprising an additional layer over the textured
or irregular surface which (1) permits the passage of light so as
to make the surface visible, or (2) guards against marring or spoiling
of the surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in which the irregularities comprise small pieces
or granules of matter.
(1)
Note. Included in this subclass are products which are used
as roofing or siding on homes. To complete the search for such
products the appropriate subclasses in Class 52, Static Structures
(e.g., Buildings), should be considered.
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which each of the pieces or granules is previously
covered at least partially with a material before placing on the
web or sheet.
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which the pieces or granules comprises either
a metal in its elemental state or a compound of a metal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which the pieces or granules comprises the element
silicon in either its uncombined or compound state.
This subclass is indented under subclass 149. Product in which the silicon containing bits or granules
are in the form of sand, clay or comminuted ordinary rock or that
known as slate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in which the surface irregularities resemble or
are made to be similar to the arrangement of fibers*, particles* or
layers forming the natural lines in lumber or natural animal skin.
This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Product wherein there are a plurality of such paper components
which are ridged, crinkled, creased or creped.
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in which the web, sheet or component contains crevices
of relatively small lateral dimension extending thereinto but not
therethrough.
(1)
Note. A slit extending completely through a layer or component
is considered an aperture and a disclosure of such product will
be found in subclasses 131+ above.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the distance between the nonthickness surfaces
of a web or sheet or a component thereof, deviates from point to
point along the transverse or longitudinal axis of the product.
(1)
Note. As implied in the subclass definition, variation in
total thickness (or bulge) caused by overlapping components, is
excluded from the concept of this subclass. See search notes below
to subclasses 88, 174+ and 189.
(2)
Note. A patent directed to a component with minute surface
irregularities in the form of very small pits or projections will
be placed in subclasses 141+.
(3)
Note. The presence of either a plain or countersunk through
hole in a layer is not considered to provide a variation in thickness
of an otherwise uniform thickness layer. See subclasses 131+.
(4)
Note. Under the definition of this subclass, the sheet or
web may be either single or plural layer.
for a web or sheet which has a tear line or other
weakened portion caused by a variation in thickness, to permit separation
of the sheet or web through its thickness.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 716.1+ for a rigid channel or trim member with a feature
for attaching to an in situ erected type structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product wherein the difference occurs only at or in the
area adjacent, an edge of the web, sheet or component; or in which
the thickness variation at or adjacent the edge differs substantially
from that which exists over the remainder of the web, sheet or component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product including a component which contains (1) open or
interconnected voids throughout which have been made by means of
a gas or other agent (blowing agent or heat, etc.) enlarging the
voids or the material of the component so as to occupy more space
or (2) closed cavities (empty or filled).
This subclass is indented under subclass 158. Product which comprises a compound of relatively large molecules
and high molecular weight, whose molecules consist of recurring smaller
chain structural units.
(1)
Note. Examples of polymers under this definition are: natural
or synthetic rubber, polyester, polyamide, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 159. Product in which the polymer comprises poly (amido ester)
or polyisocyanate, commonly known as polyurethane.
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product wherein the component of nonuniform thickness has
a nonplanar surface and a second component is in continuous interfacial
contact with said surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which the opposite surface of the nonuniform
thickness component is also nonplanar and a third component is in
continuous interfacial contact with such opposite surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which the nonplanar face of the nonuniform thickness
component is in the form of ridges and/or furrows of substantial
length and width extending along or across the component and in
mutual parallelism.
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which one of the components comprises a free
metal or a compound thereof.
(1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass are glass*, asbestos,
porcelain*, ceramic*, etc., which, though containing
a metal are not ordinarily included therewith.
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which one of the components contains a natural
rubber or a cellusosic* material in its natural or modified
state.
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product, wherein a nonplanar surface of a variable thickness
layer comes into contact with an adjacent layer (or a component
thereof) in such a manner as to define therebetween individual or
interconnected three-dimensional zones, either separate or interconnected.
(1)
Note. The spaces may be empty or occupied, in whole or in
part, by a filler material.
for a web or sheet embodying a component of a nonplanar
uniform-thickness material which forms or cooperates with an adjacent
component to form cells*.
and especially subclass 186 for web or sheet embodying
a nonplanar uniform-thickness component of sinuous wave form secured
to an adjacent planar component so as to provide spaces therebetween.
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product in which the variation in thickness occurs in the
form of parallel ridges and/or furrows of substantial length
and width extending along or across the product.
for a similar product having a component of nonplanar
surface with a nonplanar and a second component is in continuous
interfacial contact with said surface and in which there are also
ridges or furrows extending along or across the component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 167. Product in which the ridges and/or furrows lie at
an acute angle to the longitudinal axis of the web or sheet.
This subclass is indented under subclass 172. Product in which an outer surface of the composite* sheet
or web has dents or depressions and there is an extraneous material
in at least one such dent or depression, lying beneath the topmost
rise of the walls defining such dent or depression.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet, or a component thereof,
has nonthickness surfaces* which are (1) defined other
than by two parallel planes and (2) equidistantly spaced at all points.
(1)
Note. Excluded from this definition of nonplanar is a roll
or coil of material; the product itself must be nonplanar, not the manner
of packaging or storing.
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product comprising a layer, or component consisting of strands*,
strand*portions* or relatively narrow ribbon like
elements, mechanically interwoven, intertangled, intertwined or
interlooped.
(1)
Note. This defines a textile or other woven or knitted material
which is then treated to form embossments or other nonplanarities,
but retaining the uniform thickness.
This subclass is indented under subclass 175. Product wherein the nonplanarity comprises integral substantially
flat portions of the layer or component disposed in face abutting
relation or in substantially equi-distantly spaced relation.
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product in which the nonplanarity occurs only at or in the
area adjacent, an edge portion of the total product; or in which
the nonplanarity at or adjacent the edge of the product differs
substantially from that which exists over the remainder thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product wherein the nonplanar component (1) is so shaped
as to form closed compartments, either vacant or occupied, the walls
of which are an integral part of said nonplanar component or (2)
cooperates with an adjacent component to produce closed compartments,
which are either vacant or occupied by a material not integral with
either component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product wherein there is a plurality of discrete deviations
of the nonthickness surfaces* of the web, sheet or component
from the parallel plane condition in a repetitive pattern and said deviations
are arranged in one or more rows or are elongated and extend generally
in the same direction.
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product wherein the Nonplanarity is in the form of a regular
geometrical pattern of polygonal protuberances and/or depressions,
each having a centrally located flat land portion.
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product wherein the deviations include planar portions which
are either substantially in face contact or spaced from one another
in mutual parallelism.
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product wherein the nonplanarities are elongated and are
arranged to extend generally in the same direction.
This subclass is indented under subclass 182. Product wherein the peaks of the corrugations are indented
at spaced zones therealong or wherein there are two series of corrugations
in one layer with those of one series crossing or extending between
and at an angle to those of the second series.
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Product wherein the corrugations of one component cross
the corrugations of a subjacent or superjacent component at an angle.
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Product having in addition another component each of whose
nonthickness surfaces* lies in a single plane (i.e., planar).
(1)
Note. The planar component may be bonded to either or both
corrugated components.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet has one or more elongated
hollow spaces of substantially uniform cross-section located between
and lying with their axes substantially parallel to, the nonthickness
surfaces* of the web or sheet and being either open or
closed at their ends.
Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclass for a tubular product of specific
structure as provided for therein and see the definition of this Class
428, section VI B, reference to Class 138.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein at least one side edge of a layer* or
component* of a composite web is laterally offset (in either
spaced or overlapping relation) relative to a corresponding edge
of a second layer* or component* of the product.
Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 123+ for plural hanging or drape type devices hung from
a single support in side by side overlapping relation, subclasses 130+ for
interconnected flexible strips, slats and/or panels and
also for a plurality of rigid strips, slats and/or panels
which are connected for relative motion and form a single unit, and
subclasses 330+ for a sectional fabric which hangs suspended
(e.g., drape, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Product in which one of the components is a cellulosic* material
in any of its natural or chemically modified forms (e.g., wood,
paper, rayon*, viscose*, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having structure at an edge thereof or in the area
adjacent an edge thereof which differs from that of the remainder
of the web.
This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Product comprising a layer of material having strand*,
strand-portions* or relatively narrow ribbon like elements
mechanically intertangled, interwoven, intertwined or interlooped.
(1)
Note. A product of this type of mechanical interengagement
of such elements is commonly known as a weave, knit or mesh.
This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Product in which the structure at the edge comprises a saturation
of fluid thereinto or an adhesion to another component, which saturation
or adhesion is not continuous along the edge.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Subject matter for product wherein at least one component
or layer has spaced areas, substantially less than the total area
of the involved surface of the layer or component, which are either,
(1) faced or saturated with fluent or plastic material or (2) joined
to other portions of the layer or components or to another layer or
component by adhesion or cohesion; or wherein the facing, saturation
or junctures set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above is of a different
character (e.g., strong bond next to weak bond) in different areas
of the Web or sheet.
(1)
Note. A design or printed matter or indicia of any sort will
be considered as a discontinuous coating for this subclass unless
clearly disclosed as uniform.
for a web or sheet including laterally non-coextensive
components wherein said components may constitute a discontinuous
or differential coating or impregnation.
Printing, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclass 368 for a product having a nonuniform coating thereon when
disclosed solely for use as a printing member. See also definition of
this Class 428 the reference to Class 101 under "LINES WITH OTHER
CLASSES Part A. INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES Section 2. Blanks, etc".
Coating Processes,
subclass 1 for a process of providing a print, impression
or pattern of animal skin, (e.g., human fingerprints, etc.) on a
base and subclass 256 for the process of producing a nonuniform
coating on a substrate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which at least one layer
comprises strands*, strand-portion* or relatively
narrow ribbon like elements which are mechanically intertwined,
intertangled, interwoven or interlooped.
for a similar product in which the web or sheet
or layer or component thereof has nonthickness surfaces which are defined
other than by two parallel planes and are equidistant at all points.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 181+ generally for a product having mechanically interengaged strand
and other features.
Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 237+ for a friction drive belt, or for stock material
disclosed solely for use as a drive belt, which may include noninterengaged
strands, such as for reinforcing elements, in the body of the belt.
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Product in which the strand type component comprises interlocked
loops of strand material and the strand at spaced areas is adhered
or cohered to itself or to another strand forming the loop.
for a web or sheet or component of interengaged
strands (other than knitted) in which the strands may be adhered
to others in the same layer, or to another adjacent component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which components are joined
to each other in discrete spaced areas of relatively small extent.
This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which the discontinuous or
differential coating or impregnation comprises (1) normally nonvisible
indicia or (2) portions which are dissolvable and , in both (1)
and (2) above, when treated in other than normal use, would become
visible.
(1)
Note. This is the locus for so-called safety or bank paper,
which, when an erasure or eradication is attempted, clearly indicates
such attempt.
This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product including a layer which is
activated by an increased temperature to adhere to another surface
or to be removed from cohesion with an adjacent component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which the component or
layer having the spaced areas of saturation or facing lies between
and adjacent to other layers or components.
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Product in which one of the adjacent layers lies on the
outermost surface of the web or sheet and is removable from the
web or sheet or is so made as to prevent adhesion to a surface in contact
therewith.
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Product in which one of the adjacent layers lies on the
outermost surface of the web or sheet and permits light to pass
therethrough.
(1)
Note. The translucent layer is usually for the purpose of
protecting or viewing the layer there-beneath.
This subclass is indented under subclass 203. Product in which the middle layer has small particles of
solid material in its facing or saturation.
(1)
Note. Many of the patents in this subclass have a design
or image made with particles* of colored material and are covered
with a transparent layer to permit viewing of such design.
(2)
Note. The material may be white, black or any color.
This subclass is indented under subclass 203. Product in which the translucent layer include natural oil*,
a wax* or waxy material*, a resin*, gum* or
the polyamides* known as glue or gelatine.
This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which one of the layers
contains fused clay* (ceramic*), a fine, white,
translucent hard earthenware (porcelain*), or the fused
mixture of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline earth or heavy
metals (glass*).
(1)
Note. Included under this definition of glass is glassy or
crystalline silica or quartz*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein two components of a web, sheet or layer
possess the same physical property but in different amount or intensity
and are so claimed.
(1)
Note. For purposes of this subclass porosity or cellularity
is not considered to be a physical characteristic; a product having
plural components which differ in this characteristic will be found
in subclasses 304+ see search note below.
(2)
Note. For purposes of this subclass, a component in which
the physical characteristics of an element (e.g., fiber*,
filament*, particle*, etc.) is defined and it
is this characteristic which varies in another component, will not
be included in this subclass, but will be found below, see subclasses
292.1+ and 323+.
(3)
Note. For purposes of this subclass and its indents, if a
composite sheet is claimed as having the same physical characteristic
(e.g., thickness, etc.) this is considered to be a special case
of "differing" degree and the patent will be classified
in this group of subclasses.
for a composite web or sheet in which at least one
component has structurally defined fibers which may be compared
to the characteristics of the fibers in another component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Product in which the thickness of each layer or components
as specified does not excess 5 mils or the equivalent.
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in which the physical property relates to a weight
per unit volume of the component or the degree of compactness thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in which a physical characteristic of the overall
web or sheet is recited in terms of its weight per unit area of
the product.
(1)
Note. Since weight per unit area and a physical dimension
are related, cross-referencing between this subclass and the succeeding
one has been minimized. Both subclasses should be considered in
the search.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the size of the overall web or sheet is
claimed as an absolute dimension.
(1)
Note. The difference between this subclass and 332+ is
that in the latter the size of only a component* or layer* is claimed*,
whereas in this subclass the size of the overall web or sheet is
recited.
(2)
Note. The preceding subclass 219 contains many patents in
which the physical dimension of an overall web or sheet is disclosed
and/or claimed. To complete the search for such a feature,
the preceding subclass must be considered since the cross-referencing
between the two subclasses has been minimized.
for a sheet or web in which the physical dimension
is indicated in a weight per unit area but in which an absolute dimension
may be disclosed and/or claimed.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate subclasses, for a modular building panel
with a physical configuration for interengagement with an abutting
panel.
WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a single or plural layer* web*,
or sheet* which contains a component* or an element* (e.g.,
fiber*, strand*, filament*, particle*,
etc.), the size or some structural feature of which is claimed,
(e.g., orientation or relation to another element or component,
bond at intersecting points, weave or knit, cellularity or porosity,
etc.).
(1)
Note. For purposes of this group of subclasses, a disclosed
fabric, textile or cloth will be considered to be included under "structurally
defined element or component".
for a web or sheet (single or plural layer) in which
the web (1) has a particular overall shape, significant size or
other particular configuration such as an edge feature or (2) the
components are arranged in an orderly fashion relative to a surface
of the product or (3) the product comprises plural layers with each
layer thereof claimed as possessing a particular characteristic
such as density or hardness or thickness or (4) the product includes
a particular characteristic claimed in its relation to a surface
or edge thereof, all to an end that the overall web or sheet may
be identified as having a particular structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product wherein (1) components are twisted or folded about
one another or (2) a web or sheet, or a component thereof, is arranged
in a series of mutually parallel convolutions extending along the
longitudinal axis of the web or sheet.
(1)
Note. The product formed by (1) above, must be the result
of twisting or folding (e.g., braiding) of components; where the
product is formed by braiding strands, classification is proper
in Class 87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making; see
search note below.
Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclasses 3+ for a fabric of intertwisted strands and subclasses
8+ for a fabric of braided strands as claimed.
Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclasses 129+ and 154 for a solid-wall tubular structure which
includes helically arranged convolutions of web or strand material
as claimed.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in which a plurality of layers or components are
connected by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting member
extending over the edges of and/or into a plurality of
layers or components.
(1)
Note. Stitching is not considered to be a mechanical fastener.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product wherein a fiber-containing web or sheet comprises
of one or more structurally defined fibers embedded in or on the
surface of a matrix wherein the fibers are not interengaged with
one another or formed into a fabric having structural integrity
prior to association with the matrix material, the fiber-containing web
or sheet being neither paper nor of specified porosity.
(1)
Note. Matrix materials containing fiber as a filler material
do not belong in this subclass.
311.31, 311.51, 311.71, and 311.91, for articles
of specified porosity wherein the article comprises solely a continuous
matrix of fibers (e.g., porous paper, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet comprises at least
one layer in the form of a wood product such as hardboard, lumber,
or wood board.
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a ceramic,
glass, or carbon matrix having fibers embedded therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 293.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers are oriented in a particular
direction, the fibers being parallel to one another.
This subclass is indented under subclass 293.7. Subject matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material
prior to incorporation in the matrix material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a water-settable
material (e.g., cement, gypsum, etc.) which forms a distinct layer
having fibers embedded therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a rubber
matrix, the rubber being natural or synthetic rubber and having
fibers embedded therein or on the surface of the matrix.
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject matter wherein the fibers are oriented in a particular
direction, the fibers being parallel to one another.
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers, per se, are specifically
stated to be crimped, sinusoidal, coiled, etc., or the orientation
of the fibers in the matrix material is nonlinear.
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers are precoated with a material
prior to being embedded in the matrix or affixed to the matrix surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material
prior to incorporation in the matrix material or being affixed to
the matrix surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject matter wherein the embedded or surface fibers contain
at least two chemically different materials in monofilament or multifilament
form.
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject matter wherein the fiber-containing rubber matrix
is associated with one or more additional layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a polymeric
matrix having fibers embedded in or on the surface thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers are oriented in a particular
direction, the fibers being parallel to one another.
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject matter wherein the fibers, per se, are specifically
stated to be crimped, sinusoidal, coiled, etc., or the orientation
of the fibers in the polymeric matrix is nonlinear.
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material
prior to incorporation in the polymeric matrix.
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material
prior to being incorporated in the polymeric matrix or being affixed
to a surface of the polymeric matrix.
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject matter wherein the fiber-containing polymeric matrix
is associated with one or more additional layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 300.7. Subject matter wherein the layers comprise a metal in elemental
or alloy form (i.e., other than in the form of a chelate, salt,
or compound resulting from the chemical reaction of a metal).
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter which consists of at least two components,
at least one of which has internal spaces either containing at least
a gas and/or devoid of identifiable contents.
(1)
Note. This subclass and its indented subclasses have been
established to provide a search field for those inventions in stock
material in which the void-containing nature of a component is the
essence of the invention; thus, to be classified in this group of
subclasses, the void-containing nature of the component must either
(a) be expressed explicitly in a claim, (b) be necessary for a claimed utility
of the product or (c) be disclosed in the specification and be incorporatable
into the claims to resolve an ambiguity in the claims.
(2)
Note. The designation of a component as porous, cellular
or permeable will be construed as void-containing.
(3)
Note. A porous layer or component having an impervious skin
thereon will be considered to have two components for purposes of
this subclass, the skin being one of the components or layers.
(4)
Note. An impregnated material is assumed not to contain voids
and must be disclosed or claimed as still containing porosity in
order to warrant placement in this or indented subclasses. Thus,
paper is not considered to be a void-containing component unless
it is specified as being porous or permeable.
(5)
Note. The inclusion in a component of hollow or porous fibers
or particles will be assumed to make the component a void-containing
component only when it is clearly disclosed that the fibers or particles
maintain their hollowness or porosity after being compounded into the
component.
for a web or sheet including an elongated tubular
cell located between and lying with its axis substantially parallel
to the nonthickness surfaces of the web or sheet.
for a mass or single layer of or containing, elements
which may by inherently porous or cellular or wherein the disposition
of the elements renders the product porous or cellular but wherein such
porosity is not claimed.
Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids,
subclasses 95+ for a drying device (e.g., blotter) which includes
a porous and therefore liquid-adsorbent sheet.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a porous or void-containing
composition of that type, even in the form of a single layer sheet
or web which lacks any other definite structural features. See particularly
subclasses 40+ , 122, 601+, and 672+.
Acoustics,
subclasses 284+ for a web or sheet with either internal or external
structure, which structure is disclosed as provided for the purpose
of muffling sound.
Liquid Purification or Separation,
subclasses 500.1+ for material peculiarly adapted for use as a liquid
separation filter and see Relation to Material or Composition Classes
of the definition of this class (428).
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclasses 50+ for methods of making a cellular resin product
and such products, even in the form of a single layer web or sheet,
which lack definite structural features.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the voids of a component contains
a gas specified to be other than air, nitrogen or carbon dioxide;
or where the void-containing component contains also a material
which is susceptible to a ready chemical reaction in use of the
product, e.g., to decomposition at an elevated temperature, etc.
(1)
Note. The chemically effective material often is incorporated
in the product for fire or flameproofing purposes.
(2)
Note. Removal of water of hydration from a hydrated compound
is considered to be a chemical reaction.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein a void-containing component is partially
impregnated with the material which constitutes an adjacent component of
the composite.
(1)
Note. The impregnating material may itself be void-containing,
e.g., a foam, etc.
(2)
Note. Ordinarily the void-containing component is in a solid,
self-sustaining form during the impregnation, while the impregnant
is in a fluent form.
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject matter in which the matrix of the void-containing
component is inorganic, e.g., carbide, metal, graphite, refractory,
ceramic, glass, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject matter in which the void-containing component is
identified as a synthetic resin composition and claimed as such,
e.g., polyvinyl chloride, polyurethane, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene,
etc.
(1)
Note. A synthetic resin is the material described in the
definition of Class 520, subclass 1.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein an interface between layers of a
composite is claimed in such fashion that a wavy, keyed or otherwise
nonflat function of the layers is required to meet the terms of
the claims or an intermediate layer is created by commingling some
material of two adjacent foam layers, usually in fluent form or wherein
an element of the composite such as a fiber, etc., passes from one
layer to another of the composite.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein a component has a property, e.g.,
density, composition, pore size, hardness, concentration of ingredients,
etc., which varies gradually from one surface to another surface
of the same component.
(1)
Note. The change of property usually is so gradual that no
area within the component can be identified as an interface between
components.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein a component of the composite is one
which depends solely upon fibers for its continuity.
This subclass is indented under subclass 311.11. Subject matter wherein a component of the composite may
be locally disintegrated by the application of a sudden force thereto;
for example, by a typewriter key.
(l)
Note. Where the product is designated as having a stencil
sheet, wherein an ink is to pass through the product in its final use,
it is assumed that the nondisintegrated component is porous. See
the definition of subclass 304.4, (1) Note, (b).
This subclass is indented under subclass 311.11. Subject matter wherein the chemical makeup of the fibers
is specified, as, for example, natural leather, polypropylene, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter in which the void-containing component has
a continuous phase of material, e.g, porous cermic, etc., which
is free from carbon atoms or contains carbon atoms only as elemental
carbon, as a carbide, carbonate, cyanide or cyanate.
for a composite wherein the void-containing component
contains an organic matrix with inorganic fibers or particles distributed
discontinuously therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject matter wherein the inorganic material is cementitious
and is set or hardened by hydration or hydrolysis, e.g., concrete,
plaster, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject matter wherein the inorganic matrix comprises elemental
silicon or a compound formed of silicon, e.g., quartz, glass, silicon carbide,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject matter wherein the inorganic material is specified
as being elemental metal, an alloy or a metal compound, e.g., a
ceramic, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein voids of the component result from
the incorporation therein of a filler, aggregate, etc., which itself
is hollow, rather than merely from voids, the walls of which constitute
the material of the continuous matrix.
This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject matter wherein the preformed hollow element is composed
of resin or rubber, e.g., a hollow resin capsule containing air,
etc.
(1)
Note. A synthetic resin is the material described in the
definition of Class 260, subclass 2.01.
This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject matter wherein the preformed hollow element is a
mineral which is naturally void-containing or which has been treated
to create voids, e.g., by heating, etc., such minerals including
expanded vermiculite, perlite, mica, clay, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject matter wherein the element contains metal or silicon
in free or combined form, e.g., refractory, ceramic, glass, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the geometric configuration of the
voids, whether regular or irregular, is specified in the claims.
(1)
Note. Use of the term "crushed", designated
a foam which has been treated, usually by pressure, to reduce the
size of the foam cells and give the cell walls a broken and/or
irregular configuration, is sufficient to place a patent in this
subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the voids in the void-containing
component are specified as being closed, rather than forming a series
of interconnected voids, e.g., closed-cell foam, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 314.4. Subject matter in which either the thickness of the void-containing
component is claimed in terms of numbers or in relation to the thickness of
another component, e.g., thicker, thinner, etc.), a numerical cell
size (microns, etc.) or density (pounds per cubic foot, etc.) is
claimed.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the voids of the void-containing
component are claimed as being invisible to the naked eye.
(1)
Note. Where the voids are described using the word or prefix "micro",
the voids are assumed to be invisible to the naked eye.
This subclass is indented under subclass 315.5. Subject matter in which the thickness of a void-containing
component is claimed in terms of numbers or in relation to the thickness
of another component, e.g., thicker, thinner, etc. or a numerical
cell size is claimed, usually expressed in terms of microns, angstroms,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter having a component which is claimed as having
an adhesive function serving to bond other components together,
etc.
(1)
Note. The void-containing component may serve as the bonding
component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject matter wherein the adhesive or bonding component
is an outermost layer of the composite, that is, the composite is
designed to be adhered to a material or object outside of the composite.
This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject matter wherein the bonding or adhesive component
itself contains voids, e.g., a poromeric, cellular, foam, etc.,
component itself is used to bond nonvoid component together.
This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject matter wherein the void-containing component is
identified in the claims by its chemical makeup, e.g, a resin, asphalt,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the composite has a layer without
voids which is claimed in terms of its composition.
(1)
Note. A mere statement of that the nonvoid component is "a
substrate", "a layer", "a film",
etc., is not sufficient for placement in this subclass, but identification
of the component as "metal", "organic",
etc., is sufficient.
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject matter wherein a void-containing component has,
next to it, a component without voids which varies not more than
about 10% in the proportion of its solid constituents from
the composition of the void-containing component.
(1)
Note. Insofar as synthetic resins, per se, are concerned,
the 10% permissible variation is to be applied to the monomer residue
content of the finished polymer; differences in molecular weight,
crystallinity, etc., are not considered to be differences in composition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.6. Subject matter in which the nonvoid component is identical
in composition to the composition of the void-containing component
and is formed simultaneously with the void-containing component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject matter in which the nonvoid component is free from
carbon atoms or contains carbon atoms only as elemental carbon,
as a carbide, carbonate, cyanide or cyanate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 319.3. Subject matter wherein the nonvoid component is a synthetic
resin without cross-linkages, that is, one which softens reversably
under the influence of heat.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter consisting of at least two components, at
least one of which contains liquid or has a constituent trapped
inside walls made before combination with the other constituent.
This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject matter wherein a component contains a material which
is a liquid at ambient temperature or is a liquid at the conditions
under which the product is used.
(1)
Note. A liquid for purposes of this subclass is a material
of definite volume which takes the shape of its container at ambient
temperature or temperature of use of the claimed product. It includes collodial
dispersions in which liquid is the continuous or dispersant phase.
This subclass is indented under subclass 321.1. Subject matter wherein the liquid has been encapsulated
in a solid material before incorporation into the component in question.
(1)
Note. A statement that the liquid is in the form of "microcapsules" is
sufficient for placement of the patent in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject matter comprising an unspecified number, greater
than two, of sheets bonded together, each sheet being of similar
material to the others and having at least one negligible dimension,
each sheet having once been porous but having lost its porosity
by being impregnated with a fluid material before or after assembly
of the stack.
(1)
Note. The impregnant usually is a nonfully, polymerized resin
and the bonding usually includes completion of polymerization, i.e.,
curing, of the resin.
(2)
Note. The products usually are "decorative laminates",
such as those used for counter-tops, dishes, etc., sold under trade
names such as Formica, Melmac, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject matter wherein the structure of a foamed material
bridges two or more distinct components, wherein a solidified impregnant permeates
two or more adjacent previously porous components of an assembled
composite or wherein such an impregnant permeates a previously porous
component and also coats an outside surface of the component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product which comprises at least two components, one of
which consists of or includes grains or extremely small pieces or
fragments of material claimed in terms of (1) their particular size
or shape (natural or fabricated) or (2) an orderly arrangement relative
to one another or (3) their particular interengagement within the
component, or (4) their engagement with the material of an adjacent
component.
(1)
Note. A web, sheet or layer claimed as having a haphazard
arrangement of its particulate constituents is not considered as
possessing an orderly arrangement of its particulate constituent
within the definition of this subclass.
(2)
Note. A composite web or sheet in which its particulate constituents
are claimed as being in an orderly arrangement relative to a surface
of the web or sheet is considered to be a structurally defined web
or sheet and will be found in subclasses 98+.
(3)
Note. Coated particles* are considered to be structurally
defined and therefore, a composite web in which one layer or component
contains coated particles will be placed in this or an indented
subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles* comprises any of
the group of mineral silicates commonly called "mica".
(1)
Note. The term "mica" will be construed as
connoting flakes of flat configuration and therefore structurally
defined unless the disclosure clearly contradicts such an interpretation;
see (1) Note in subclass 454.
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product wherein the particles are of material made from
clay*, usually by the agency of fire.
(1)
Note. Included under this definition of ceramic* are
those materials termed as glass*, pottery, enamel, cement,
refractories*, porcelain* or quartz.
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product wherein the particles comprise carbohydrate material
derived from the structural matter of plant life, usually from the
stems thereof.
(1)
Note. This carbohydrate is commonly termed cellulose* and
may be further treated to yield esterified, modified or regenerated
substances such as rayon* or viscose*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise an organic substance
which is synthetically produced by union (polymerization or condensation)
of a large number of molecules of one or more relatively simple
compounds.
(1)
Note. Particles of naturally occurring polymeric material
or reaction products thereof, e.g., carbohydrate, polypeptides and
cellulosic products, are excluded from this definition of polymer
and will be found in other subclasses on other features, e.g., subclass
326 for carbohydrates, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise (1) a free metal* having
a specific gravity or density greater than 4, or (2) the free metal* aluminum or
(3) a compound having the metal* of either (1) or (2) above
in its molecule.
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise a metal* selected
from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba
(i.e., the alkali or alkaline earth metals) in either the free form
or combined with other elements and forming either an inorganic
or organic compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in which the size of an element, constituent, or
component of a web or sheet is claimed.
(1)
Note. The difference between 212+ and this subclass
and indents (332+) is that in the former the thickness
of two components* are recited, while in the latter the thickness
of only the base or layer is specified. Where the dimensions of
two components* are specified so that one can be compared
to another, classification in 212+ is indicated.
(2)
Note. In this and the indented subclasses a size in units
of length must be specified in the claim. A recitation of weight
per unit area is excluded from this group of subclasses and will
be found in subclasses 340+ below.
for a composite web or sheet in which the thickness
of two components is claimed either in terms of their relative thickness
or in absolute dimensions.
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in which the claimed size is defined in terms of
molecules of the material or of wave length of light.
(1)
Note. Included within this definition are recitations setting
forth (1) a certain number (one or more) molecules thick or (2)
a portion of a wave length of any color of light.
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in which the absolute physical dimension specified
is the thickness of a coating layer* and which does not
exceed 5 mils or the equivalent thereof.
(1)
Note. Examples of equivalents are: 1 mil=.001 inch=.0254
mm (milli- ter)=25.4 u or mu(micron)=254,000 A (Angstroms).
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product consisting of a single layer of material in which
the dimension of an element (e.g., particle*, etc.) is
claimed.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in which is recited the weight of a material related
to its area.
(1)
Note. The "material" may be a web, sheets
component, base*, coating, layer or element.
(2)
Note. Some examples of terms used are: pounds per square
meter, grams per square centimeter, pounds per square foot, grams
per quire of certain size paper, etc.
(3)
Note. This is excluded from subclasses 332+ even
though the thickness can be calculated if the density of the material be
known.
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product comprising a composite* web or sheet in
which an outermost layer is capable of sticking to a surface to
which it may be applied or of being activated to have such capability.
(1)
Note. The adhesive layer need not be applied to an extraneous
surface; it could be applied to and caused to adhere to itself or
to another portion of the composite* web or sheet, as in
heat sealable packaging films.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 59+ for a product comprising mechanically interengaged
strands or strand portions, etc., having an adhesive coating or
impregnation associated therewith.
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which at least one of the components of the composite
sheet has been subjected to a source (1) of ultraviolet radiation,
especially wavelengths of 250-300m u, or (2) energy transmitted
by various mediums.
(1)
Note. Examples of irradiation or wave energy devices are:
light or electron emitters, sonic devices, electric glow discharges,
etc. and the term wave energy includes radiations, electromagnetic
waves, neutron, proton, deutron and other corpuscular radiations.
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which the adhesive is caused to become capable
of adhering to a surface by virtue of having been contacted with
a material which causes at least a portion of the adhesive to be
dissolved or otherwise activated, or by having its temperature increased,
usually by contact with a heated surface.
for a product which comprises a nonuniform (i.e.,
differential or discontinuous) coating and in addition an adhesive
layer which is caused to either adhere or delaminate by means of
increase in temperature.
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Product in which the adhesive contains a compound which
is described as a wax (e.g., beeswax or paraffin, etc.) or having
the physical characteristics of a wax or is a recognized wax* (e.g.,
carnauba, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Product in which water is the material which contacts the
adhesive to cause it to adhere to another surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which a component has been made hydrophobic or
less hydrophilic (i.e., waterproof or moistureproof or resistant).
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product which contains an additional layer or component
of such characteristics that it does not permanently adhere to a
surface (which may be another layer of the product) with which it
may come into contact.
(1)
Note. A release or anti-stick coating such is that under
this definition is usually provided on the side of the base* opposite
that which supports the adhesive, in order to prevent adherence
when stacked or rolled.
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product comprising a three layered product in which there
is a layer between the adhesive and the substrate, which layer is
used to increase the cohesiveness between the adhesive layer and
the substrate.
(1)
Note. The intermediate layer may be called by various names,
e.g., primer or bonding layer, or anchor coat, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which three or more layers are claimed either
in the form of plural coatings on a substrate or a laminate of two
or more layers having an adhesive layer therebetween.
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which the adhesive composition is recited.
(1)
Note. For classification in this or the indented subclass,
at least one of the ingredients of the adhesive must be recited
specifically, for example as "gum arabic", "linseed
oil", etc., not nominally, as for example, "oil", "gum",
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Product in which an ingredient of the adhesive composition
comprises (1) rubber* from a natural source or (2) a metal* in
either its free or combined state.
(1)
Note. The term "reclaimed" rubber is considered
to be natural for purposes of this subclass unless it is clear from
the disclosure that a synthetic rubber is intended, in which case
classification in subclass 355 is indicated.
(2)
Note. If it is not clear whether natural or synthetic rubber
is intended from either the disclosure or claims, then classification
is in subclass 355 on the basis of synthetic rubber, with a cross
reference, if necessary, to subclass 356.
COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product containing, or consisting of, at least one strand*,
strand-portion*, macroscopic fiber*, grain, small
bit of matter, cell*, particle* or any other substance,
claimed in terms of (1) a particular size or shape (natural or fabricated),
(2) a plurality of such elements* claimed in terms of an
arrangement relative to one another, (3) a particular interengagement of
a plurality of such elements* or (4) a coating associated
therewith.
(1)
Note. The molecular orientation or crystalline structure
of a product is considered a mere manifestation of the nature of
the material thereof; accordingly, the recitation of either is not
considered structure within the meaning of that word as used in
this subclass.
(2)
Note. A patent directed to a single layers or mass* of
a particular composition which is further defined as "cellular", "particulate" or "porous" (by
name only), will be placed in the appropriate composition class
in the absence of defined structure (see above clauses in the definition
of this subclass).
(3)
Note. A patent to a structurally defined particle will be
placed in this, or the appropriate indented subclass as a subcombination
of the subject matter provided for herein, unless specifically provided
for elsewhere.
(4)
Note. Excluded from this or indented subclasses is a rod,
strand, fiber or filament which is merely impregnated with or has
associated therewith a material, without any specified indication
as to the depth of the impregnation, or without any other recited
structure; such a combination is classified on the basis of the composition,
e.g., for Classes 106, 260, 520, etc.
(5)
Note. The term "sizing" or "sized" will be
construed to be a coating for this group of subclasses unless it
is clear that only an impregnation is intended; see (4) Note above.
(6)
Note. A mass of fibers merely bonded together with no recitation
of structure, is excluded from this Class 428 and will be found
in the appropriate composition class; see search notes below.
(7)
Note. The term "flake" is construed as structure,
indicating a flat piece of matter.
(8)
Note. Included under this definition of "significant
size" is any recitation of a measurable extent, no matter
how wide (e.g., up to 0.5 mils, etc.).
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, for a composition provided
for in that class (106) which may include structurally defined particles
or fibers; and see II Note under the class definition of that class
(106) with regard to the elements, per se, for use in such composition;
and see (4) Note above.
Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges,
subclasses 21 and 110+ for an explosive or thermic composition
or charge including structurally characterized particles.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), for a textile*, cloth* or fabric* in
which the strands, fibers, or other constituents* thereof
are structurally defined, as set forth therein.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a synthetic resin or natural rubber composition
containing an ingredient which may be coated, impregnated, or has
a defined size or shape.
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a fiber which is approximately 1 1/2
to 2 inches in length, (i.e., the usual staple length).
(1)
Note. A claim which recites a "staple" fiber
or "staple" length fiber will be classified in
this subclass; a claim which calls for "short" or
other similar term, which, by sole disclosure, is staple length
will be classified in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product comprising a plurality of staple length fibers which
are intertangled and which are bonded only at their cross-over or
contact points.
for a composite web* or sheet* in which
one component comprises fibers* which are structurally
defined in some manner and which may be bonded at their intersections
only.
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product in which the staple length fiber is permeated, saturated,
or covered with an extraneous material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product in which the longitudinal direction of the staple
length fiber follows a curvilinear or multi-directional path.
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a grain or small bit of material (i.e.,
particle*) which is a flat platelet of any of the group
of mineral silicates commonly called "mica"*
Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 415+ for a product provided for in that class (106)
embodying shells, scales, micaceous material or similar lamellate
material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a rod, strand, fiber or filament*.
(1)
Note. A solid rod, fiber or strand product of uniform circular
cross-section and extending in a straight line without deviation
will not be considered for placement in this or an indented subclass.
However, such a product, when coated will be considered as sufficient
for subclass 375 even in the absence of structure. An impregnated
fiber, strand, strand-portion, etc., unless qualified by structure
(e.g., size, shape, etc.) will be considered as composition for
the appropriate class (e.g., 106, 520, etc.; see (4) Note in subclass
357 and (2) Note below.
(2)
Note. A patent to a rod, strand or fiber distinguished solely
by its composition will be placed in the appropriate composition
class. See particularly Class 106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic;
see also; Class 520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a
synthetic resin or natural rubbers filament. For the purpose of patent
placement in this subclass, the recitation of molecular orientation
or crystalline structure in a fiber is not regarded as a structural
limitation and patents claiming such fibers with no additional structure
will be placed in the appropriate composition class. Also, a patent
for a fiber where the presence of structure or the degree thereof
is a mere manifestation of the composition will be placed in the
appropriate composition class. A fiber defined in terms of its properties
or other descriptors (e.g., tensile strength, per cent elongation)
is not considered a structurally defined fiber.
(3)
Note. A patent directed to a rod, wire or filament of indeterminate
length will be placed in Class 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave
Energy, where a process under the definition of Class 204 appears to
be a necessary limitation to the product. A product of a 157.15+ process
will be classified as in the (2) Note above.
(4)
Note. A patent for a strand consisting of woven constituents
is provided for in subclasses 383+ of Class 139, Textiles: Weaving
and a patent claiming a strand consisting of knitted constituents
is provided for in subclasses 169+ of Class 66, Textiles:
Knitting; however, a patent for a composite strand including either
of such strands in combination with another unlike constituent (e.g.,
knit core with woven sheath) will be placed in this subclass 364
where not provided for elsewhere.
(5)
Note. A patent for a composite rod or strand reciting or
claiming at least one twisted or twined constituent will be placed
in Class 57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, or Twining, but where
said constituent is a preformed coiled spring element, the patent
will be placed in subclasses 369+ below. See section VI Relation
to Certain Other Classes, in the main class definition, reference
to Class 57 for guide lines relating to placement of "yarns", "cords",
etc.
(6)
Note. Excluded from this and indented subclasses are patents
to one or more transparent elongated structures (e.g., rods, fibers
or pipes) used to transmit light rays from one point to another within
the confines of their outer surface, and involving internal reflections
or modal transmission.
(7)
Note. See (1) Note in the definition of subclass 36 for the
distinction between a hollow strand, fiber or filament and a conduit
type article.
for an article* (e.g., 3 dimensional or of
substantial size) which is a cylinder or a conduit open at both
ends and disclosed to conduct fluids and, disregarding the size,
may be similar to a hollow fiber, filament or strand.
Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses, for a monofilament of fiber which
is the product of an operation provided for in that class.
Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning,
subclasses 208+ for an implement which includes rods, strands or
fibers having particular shape, size or arrangement.
Textiles: Cloth Finishing, appropriate subclasses for treatment of the constituents
of a textile subsequent to fabrication of the product to obtain
a better marketable condition.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for a product reciting twisted or twined rod(s), strand(s)
or fiber(s) and see (5) Note above.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a structurally defined
fiber strand as provided for in that class (106) and see II under the
class definition note of that class (106).
Tobacco,
subclass 331 for stock material specified as being a filter
and of indeterminate shape (e.g., mass) or approximating the shape
(e.g., coil, tube, cylinder, rod) of the article or appliance with
which it is intended to be used, requiring no further treatment
than tearing or cutting to proper size; stock material of any other shape,
recited so that some shape modification is required is classified in
Class 428.
Textiles: Weaving,
subclasses 383+ for a web or sheet claimed in terms of the particular
arrangement or material(s) of the warp and/or weft; subclass
395, for a woven chenille strand; subclasses 457+ for method
and apparatus for weaving a tubular or circular fabric; and subclasses
420+ for a woven textile possessing a certain texture resulting
from the nature or form of the strands or fibers employed in the
manufacture thereof.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 76+ , 138+, and 152+ for a rod, wire,
or filament formed by electrolytic coating processes.
Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, appropriate subclasses, for a rod, strand or fiber,
by name only, of a particular composition provided for in that class
(260) and see (1) and (2) Notes of this subclass.
Seal for a Joint or Juncture,
subclasses 536+ for a dynamic seal of fibrous composite construction
contained or compressed by a gland member in a packing box, subclass 937
for a seal made of a composite material including glass particles
or filament, or subclas 938 for a seal made of a composite material
including cartoon or graphite particle or filament.
Coating Implements With Material Supply, appropriate subclasses for a rod or strand which is adapted
to coat or leave a mark on a surface by virtue of its shape (e.g.,
point or taper, etc.), whether or not the rod or strand itself is
coated. For example, a pencil having a paper wrapping therearound
is in Class 401, whereas a similar rod or strand with a paper wrapping,
but with no coating implement feature would be proper for
subclass 377 below.
Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 237+ for a friction drive belt which may be formed of
or include strand structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product which comprises textile*, cloth* or fabric*.
(1)
Note. The textile*, cloth of fabric may be in the
form of a tubular cover for a core or may itself be covered with another
material or may be the only element claimed, in which case it must
be structurally defined.
for a sheet* or web* of textile*, cloth* or
fabric* which is, or has a component* which is,
helically wound either around itself or another component*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in which the rod, strand, filament or fiber comprises
the element boron in either the free or combined state.
(1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a rod, strand, filament
or fiber which is composed of steel or other alloy or an intermetallic
compound having boron as a constituent thereof; such products of sheet
or other alloy will be found in subsequent subclasses on other features
(see especially subclasses 379+). This subclass 366 is
intended to be the locus for the high modulus boron filament or fiber.
Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds,
subclasses 276+ for a process of making free boron or a compound
thereof or the product, per se, which does not claim structure enough
to be placed in this Class 428.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in which carbon, as either the element or as a compound
thereof, comprises the rod, strand or fiber or filament or is present
as a covering on a rod, strand, fiber or filament of another material.
(1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which the
carbon or its compound is a minor constituent of steel or other
alloy; fibers, filaments, etc., of steel or other alloy will be
found in other subclasses below on other features (see subclasses
379+). This subclass 367 is intended to be the locus for
the high modulus carbon fiber or filament.
Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds,
subclasses 414+ for a process for making free carbon or a compound thereof
or the product, per se, (e.g., rod, fiber, etc.) where no significant structure
is recited.
This subclass is indented under subclass 367. Product in which the free carbon or the compound thereof
forms a covering for a rod, strand, filament or fiber.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product wherein the longitudinal axis of the rod, strand
or fiber, considered as a unit, follows a curvilinear or multi-directional
path.
for a 3 dimensional object part of which has a winding
or coil or braid of a strand, usually for decorative purposes, as
for example, on the hilt or scabbard of a sword.
for a product in which strands or strand-portions
in a plurality of layers* are angularly related to one another
and in which the longitudinal axis of the strands or strand-portions follows
a multi-directional or curvilinear path.
for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one of the components* comprises structurally defined fibers which
may be nonlinear in extent (e.g., crimped or coiled).
Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses, for a fiber or monofilament with
nonlinear shape wherein said shape is disclosed as resulting from one
or more of the bleaching, dyeing, fluid treatment or chemical modification
operations provided for in that class (8);
subclass 114.5 for a product with differential creping, and subclass 117
for a wool-like or crinkled article.
Wireworking, appropriate subclasses, for a methods or apparatus for
the working of wire products, especially
subclass 105 which is directed to the forming of crimps or kinks
in wire or wire fabrics.
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 69 for a conduit, cable or conductor which is nonlinear
to render the product extensible; and subclasses 108+ for
a conductive strand or other elongated conductive element applied
spirally about one or more insulated conductors.
Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 341 for a filament with a nonlinear axis designed to
be heated by the flow of electric current, and especially indented
subclass 344 for a coiled filament.
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Product in which the filament of fiber is made up of at
least two different compositions of matter, (e.g., polyester-cotton,
cellulose-polyamide) (polyamides of different compositions, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Product in which the curvilinear or multi-directional path
comprises a helix- i.e., made by a point rotating around an axis
while advancing along the axis.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product having in addition particulate matter (e.g., chips,
powder, granules, small grains, etc.) which is defined in some structural
manner (e.g., shape, size, arrangement, etc.).
(1)
Note. See definition of subclass 357 for meaning and intent
of "structurally defined".
for a web* or sheet* which has
a discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond and
which may contain particulate matter, and especially subclasses
206+ for a product as above and also having as part thereof particulate
matter which may be structurally defined.
and 323+, for a composite* web* in which
one component* includes structurally defined fibers which
may be small enough to qualify for particles and structurally defined
particles, respectively.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 400+ for composition of particles, grains, etc., as
provided for therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product comprising a plurality of fibers or filaments which
have been simultaneously formed by being forced through separate
openings in a die or spinneret, and in which (1) the individual fibers
or filaments are side-by-side with a connecting web therebetween
or (2) one fiber or filament is substantially enclosed in the other (sheath-core
type).
(1)
Note. The fibers are usually of different composition so
that on cooling or heating the crimp or nonlinearity may be controlled
due to the differing rates of expansion or contraction.
for a composite, bifilar, conjugate or collateral
fiber or filament whose longitudinal axis follows a curvilinear
or multidirectional path (e.g., helical, crimped, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Product in which the axis of the fibers or filaments do
not coincide, i.e., one is laterally spaced from the other.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in which the rod, strand, fiber or filament is (1)
partially or completely covered with a material or (2) is structurally
defined as set forth in the definition of subclass 357 and, in addition,
may also be partially or completely saturated or permeated with
a material or adhered to another material or strand, fiber or filament
or rod or contain a central portion.
(1)
Note. A patent directed to a product including a wrapped
constituent* will be placed in this subclass; however,
a patent directed to such product will be placed in subclasses 139+ of
Class 57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, where it is
claimed that said constituent is wrapped progressively along the
length thereof (i.e., coiled).
(2)
Note. A patent for a strand formed by a knitting or weaving
operation and coated, impregnated or covered after completion of
said operation will be placed in this subclass.
(3)
Note. A patent directed to a strand including a twisted or
twined constituent and further including an encircling sheath formed
by an extrusion process will be placed in this subclass (375).
(4)
Note. The term "sized" or "sizing" will be
construed as a coating and will be placed in this group of subclasses,
unless it is clear than only an impregnation is intended.
(5)
Note. Attention is directed to section V of the class definition:
Guidelines for Placement of Patents Having no Significant Structure.
A patent having a claim to a coating material and also a claim
to a product of a rod, strand or fiber coated with this material
and in which the product claim includes details of the coating material,
is classified in the appropriate composition or compound class in
the absence of recited structure (e.g., dimension, shape, etc.).
Cross-referencing into this Class 428 of such patents from the appropriate
compound or composition class (e.g., Class 106, Class 260, etc.) has
been kept to a minimum. For a complete search, the other pertinent
class should be considered.
and 221+, especially the subclasses so entitled
for a coated or impregnated web* or sheet* comprising
rods, strands or fibers or for coated rods, strands or fibers forming
elements* of a web or sheet.
Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for a fiber product of a process provided for in that class
and especially
subclasses 114+ and 115.51+ for a product of the chemical
modification of a textile or organic fiber; subclass 115.6 for such product
which further includes a coating, size or lubricant, and subclasses 495+ for
a fiber dyed and impregnated.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 258+ especially
subclasses 258+ for a coated or impregnated rod or strand comprising
a twisted or twined constituent (as claimed) and including such
product regardless of whether the constituents thereof are coated
or impregnated before, during or after assembly thereof to form
the product.
Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclass 1 for a strand product of that class, whether the
constituents thereof are coated or impregnated before, during or
after the braided strand with a core. Also See section VI A 1 a
(3) of this definition.
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, for a product which conducts electricity and is
coated or covered with a dielectric, where the product includes
(1) some structure of the conductor specifically designed to conduct
electricity or (2) some structure of the dielectric especially designed
to space conductor either from ground or from a device of different
electric potential.
Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 450+ for electrophoretic or electro-osmotic processes.
Also, see section VI, B, of the class definition of Class 428.
Seal for a Joint or Juncture,
subclass 537 for a dynamic seal of composite construction, having
a distinct sheath or covering, contained or compressed by a gland
member in a packing box, or subclasses 652+ for a static
contact seal for other than internal combustion engine, or pipe,
conduit or cable having a distinct sheath or covering.
Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 345 for a coated filament or electrode; and subclasses 352+ for
a cored, coated or laminated composite electrode.
for a tube type or cylindrical article* open
at both ends, similar in form, but of substantially greater size
than the hollow products of this subclass 376.
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product having (1) a central or inner portion which is wound
about itself or (2) a layer* or material wound or wrapped
about a central or inner portion, both (1) and (2) being in the form
of a spiral or helix.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for similar strand products in which there is a layer
of material wound or wrapped about a core portion but in which the core
or wrapping also is twisted or plied or doubled, as required by
the class definition thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product comprising a plurality of rods, strands, fibers
or filaments, each of which is (1) permeated or saturated with,
(2) covered with or (3) bonded to, an extraneous material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in which either (1) the fiber, strand, filament
or rod or (2) a coating or impregnation or bond or core therefor,
comprises a free metal* or an alloy or a compound of a
metal.
(1)
Note. The metal compound may be organometallic.
(2)
Note. See (4) Note of subclass 375 above for placement of
patents having no significant structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in which the plural coating layers comprise man
made resins* or polymers*, each of which differs
from at least one other in composition (e.g., polyester, polyamide,
polyolefin, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in which at least one of the plural coating layers
comprises (1) a fused mixture of the silicates of the alkali and
alkaline earth or heavy metals, (2) fused or burned clay* or
(3) the compound formed by the union of oxygen and a metal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product in which the substrate is a free metal and the coating
therearound comprises a composition which affects the seam formed
when two pieces of metal are joined by heating or melting the substrate
and permitting it to flow into the joint between the metals (i.e.,
fusion welding).
(1)
Note. When welding is performed, the molten metal tends to
oxidize and therefore the seam or joint is weakened. The coating
composition around the weld rod metal tends to prevent this oxidation
by (1) generating a gaseous atmosphere around the fusion bond, (2)
producing a slag which will not oxidize, etc. It is in this manner
that the coating "affects" the weld to form a
better joint or seam.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 302 for a welding rod or electrode defined by composition
only and without significant structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product comprising a substrate of the (1) fused mixture
of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline earth or heavy metals
(glass composition) or (2) free element silicon or its compounds, such
substrate being in the form of a fiber or filament, and a coating
of a free metal or alloy coating on the substrate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product comprising a fiber, rod, filament or strand of any
character having thereof a layer* of metal* or
a compound thereof.
and 384, for a rod, strand, fiber or filament having
plural coatings, at least one of which may include a metal or alloy
thereof, or metal oxide, respectively.
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product comprising a rod, fiber, filament or strand and
a layer* thereof of natural latex* or synthetic
rubber*, free silicon or a compound thereof or the carbohydrate
known as cellulose (whether natural or modified).
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in which the coating comprises (1) a compound similar
to hydrocarbon in which tetravalent silicon replaces the carbon
atom as Si H4 monosilane or silicomethane,
(2) an elastomer in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon
are replaced by Si-O linkages or (3) any of a class of compounds that
contain alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear structure
(as H3Si(O Si H2)nO Si
H3) or a cyclic structure as H2(Si
O)n and that may also contain methyl, phenyl
or other organic radicals in place of some or all of the hydrogen
atoms and are made by hydrolysis of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 81 and 99 for a fabric which has an organosilicon
coating or impregnation thereon.
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product comprising a substrate of fiber or filament which
is coated or is structurally defined - which fiber or filament is
not a natural product, but is man made.
412, 413+, 421+, 423+,
430+, 435, 436+, 441+, 447, 451, 458+,
460, 461, 473.5, 474.4+, 480+, 494+,
and 500+ for nonstructural laminated products, in which
one layer* comprises a synthetic resin or polymer.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 164+ for a coated or impregnated synthetic organic fiber
fabric (e.g., nylon, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Product in which the resin or polymer comprises (1) a polymeric
compound containing amide groups through which the monomers are linearly
linked and includes the reaction products of polyamines and polybasic
acids or the polymer of amino acids (e.g., nylon, peptides and protein)
or (2) a polymeric compound containing ester groups through which
the monomers are linearly linked to one another.
(1)
Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered to be a polyamide or
polyimide for purposes of classification in this schedule and will
be found in the subclass providing for condensation products of
aldehyde and ketone.
for a product comprising a composite web or sheet
including a second component which contains structurally defined
particles of polymetic or resinous material which may be polyamide
or polyester particles.
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in which the fiber, strand, rod or filament is either
partially or completely saturated with an extraneous material.
(1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a rod, strand, fiber
or filament which is merely impregnated with or has associated therein
or therewith a material without any specified indication as to the depth
of impregnation or other structure; such a combination is classified
on the basis of the composition e.g. for Classes 106, 520, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product claimed in terms of the particular shape of a section
transverse to the longitudinal axis thereof or wherein the particular
shape or arrangement of the constituent thereof is claimed and wherein
the transverse section is other than circular and of uniform diameter.
(1)
Note. See (1) Note under subclass 364 for placement of a
coated rod, strand, fiber, etc.
(2)
Note. A rod, filament or fiber with surface deformities,
e.g., ridges, furrows, etc., is included under this definition and will
be found in subclass 400.
Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for the process provided for in that class for preparing a
fiber or monofilament of particular cross section;
subclass 112 for the process of treating a strand or fiber to improve
its felting properties; subclasses 114+ for a process of
treating a rod or strand to produce an ornamental effect (e.g.,
creping, etc.); subclasses 115.51+ for the process of chemically
modifying a fiber and the corresponding product and subclass 130.1
for the process of swelling or plasticizing a synthetic strand or
fiber and the corresponding product.
Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 237+ for a friction drive belt which may be in the form
of a strand having a particular cross section.
This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product containing one or more voids which are either coextensive
or noncoextensive with the longitudinal extent of the product.
for a rod, strand, fiber or filament (1) coated,
(2) impregnated or (3) with core wherein the constituents of the product
form one or more tubular passageways lengthwise therein.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, appropriate subclasses for a tubular rod or strand
wherein at least one constituent thereof is either twisted or wound,
as claimed.
Pipes and Tubular Conduits, for a tubular product which has claimed structure
relating the product to its use as a conduit; e.g., specific inner
and outer wall composition, (particular seams, etc.). In the absence
of claimed limitations as to wall structure, such a tubular stock
material is classified in Class 428.
This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product wherein the cross section of a rod, strand or fiber
changes along the length thereof either dimensionally or in shape.
This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product wherein an exposed face thereof or region immediately
adjacent said face, has a particular claimed physical property or
structure.
(1)
Note. A product including grooves extending longitudinally
thereof is included in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Included under this definition is a variation in the
composition in the surface region of the product.
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product, which is claimed to be of specified size in at
least one direction or whose constituents are of specified size
(absolute or relative).
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising structurally defined or coated small
grains or bits of matter.
(1)
Note. A patent reciting a coated or encapsulated material
with claimed utility (ies) or solely disclosed utility is classified
with the composition classes. A similar patent with (a) multiply
disclosed utilities or (b) undisclosed utility is classified in
this Class 428, subclasses 402.2+. However, in the latter
two cases (a) and (b) above, when the coating or encapsulating material
stabilizes a compound against physical or chemical degradation,
classification is appropriate for and subject to the limitations
set forth in one of the compound (element) classes. The order of
superiority of the composition classes are listed below under SEARCH
CLASS. Those classes with an asterisk after the description are
not composition classes but deemed appropriate for further search.
(2)
Note. The recitation of any term, e.g., encapsulation, microencapsulation, sphere,
microsphere, capsule, microcapsule, etc. which describes or gives
evidence for a microencapsulated product is adequate for placement
herein. Lacking such description or evidence the particle will
be considered a "coated" particle and therefore
appropriate in this class, subclass 403. For example, a patent reciting
the encapsulated product of eugenol with dextrinized corn starch
is sufficient for placement in this subclass. However, a "clathrate" of
the some product would be classified in Class 536, subclass 103.
(See (3) Note, below on clathrates and intercalates).
(3)
Note. Clathrates and intercalates (inclusion compounds), per
se, are classified hierarchically and subject to the limitations
set forth in the compound (element) classes based both on the encapsulant
and encapsulate. See the section, LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES, subsection
D. CLATHRATES AND INTERCALATES, for examples.
Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification or Textiles and Fibers,
subclass 526 for a dye in specified form other than mere powder.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for a filler or pigment for a coating composition which
may include size or structure of the constituent particles or fibers
which recitation does not serve to exclude from Class 106. See especially
subclasses 31.14 (invisible inks), 36, 84, 97+, 103, 108,
117, 235, 241, 251, 253+, 266, 272, 275, 276, 280, 281+,
288+, and 308 (coated material) in Class 106. See also
Relation to Material or Composition Classes, above in definition.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, (Alloys).
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, (rest of class).
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, see, for example, Class 523,
subclass 161 , invisible ink composition and 200+ for
a composition containing product in the form of surface-coated, impregnated,
encapsulated or surface-modified materials.
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter wherein the microcapsule is comprised of
a Fluid core (at ambient temperatures) encapsulated by a solid wall
or shell.
(1)
Note. Liposomes are formed of mesomorphic walls (i.e., a
state of matter intermediate between crystalline solid and normal
isotropic liquid) and are classified here based on their solid characteristics.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular
subclass 76 , preparing a cellular product or precursor thereof utilizing
a stated ingredient which is a solid particle containing a fluid
encapsulated therein. See also (4) Note under subclass 50 in conjunction
with this.
This subclass is indented under subclass 402.2. Subject matter wherein the microcapsule wall contains at
least one synthetic polymer (see Class 520, subclass 1 for a definition
to synthetic polymer).
(1)
Note. The chemical modification of a natural product does
not constitute a synthetic resin, e.g., the reaction of cellulose with
toluene diisocyanate, etc. However, the addition of certain specified
reactants, e.g., a polyol to the cellulose and a diisocyanate would
constitute a synthetic resin. See Class 527, subclass 100 for a definitive
explanation.
This subclass is indented under subclass 402.21. Subject matter wherein the synthetic polymer is derived
only from ethylenically unsaturated reactants.
(1)
Note. The term "ethylenically unsaturated" includes
acethlenic-type compounds but excludes homocyclic aromatic compounds,
i.e., benzene-type compounds. Compounds, such as pyridine, diazine,
pyrrole would be ethyienically unsaturated.
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter wherein the microcapsule contains solid core,
e.g., a microcapsular opacifier containing titanium dioxide encapsulated
with urea-formaldehyde polymer shell, etc.
(1)
Note. Liposomes are formed of mesomorphic walls (i.e., a
state of matter intermediate between crystalline solid and normal
isotropic liquid) and are classified here based on their solid characteristics.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 213.3+ for solid encapsulation, e.g., microencapsulating
a solid with a microcapsule wall derived from a synthetic polymer,
etc. However, if the core material is disclosed to be an expanding
(blowing) agent see Class 521, subclass 50, (4) Note for limitations
to those subclasses.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 255+ for a loose composition containing metal particles.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 400+ for a compositions including coated particulate
matter provided for in that class.
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Product in which the particulate matter comprises (1) silicon
or (2) a material containing a metal* from Group IV B,
V B or VI B of the periodic system, known as refractory metals and
consisting of Ti, Zi, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo and W.
(1)
Note. The silicon or the refractory metal* can be
present as either the free element or as a compound containing the element.
(2)
Note. The silicic or refractory material can be present as
either the base* (substrate*) or the coating.
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Product in which the coating comprises (1) a compound similar
to hydrocarbons in which the tetravalent silicon replaces the carbon atom,
as Si H4- monosilane or silicomethane, (2) an elastomeric in which
the carbon linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O
linkages or (3) any of a class of compounds that contain alternate
silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear structure (such as H3 Si
(O Si H2) O Si H 3) or
a cyclic structure as H2(Si O)n and
that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic radicals,
in places of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and are made by hydrolysis
of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 81 and 99 for a fabric which has organosilicon coating
or impregnation thereon.
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Product in which the particulate matter comprises pieces
of the fused mixture commonly known as glass* and as defined
in subclass 426.
(1)
Note. The glass* particles or spheres may have been
enlarged or foamed or may contain channels or voids.
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Product in which the particulate matter comprises a man-made
resin or polymer, either as the substrate* or as the coating.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 164+ for a coated or impregnated synthetic organic fiber
fabric (e.g., nylon, etc.).
SELF-SUSTAINING CARBON MASS OR LAYER WITH IMPREGNANT OR OTHER LAYER
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which comprises a web*, sheet* or
shape retaining body of free carbon in any of its allotropic forms
and which is saturated, permeated or covered with extraneous material.
(1)
Note. Typical of the products found herein is a carbon brush
for an electric motor or a carbon rod for an arc lamp, which rod
may be permeated or impregnated with an extraneous material and not
structurally defined as set forth in the definition of subclass
357.
SURFACE PROPERTY OR CHARACTERISTIC OF WEB, SHEET OR BLOCK
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a web*, sheet* or block* in
which an exposed area of the product or the region immediately adjacent
thereto has a particular claimed physical property or structure.
(1)
Note. The surface characteristic must not be that of a web,
sheet or component* of different composition applied as a
layer* or coating or laminate; the characteristic must
be due to treatment of the surface of a material of generally the same
composition throughout so that if the superficial outermost area
is removed, the result is a product of the same composition, but
of different surface characteristic.
(2)
Note. Treatment of the surface by a chemical (e.g., etching,
etc.) or by wave or other form of energy which yields the desired
characteristic is placed in this or the indented subclass; however
treatment by a coating which reacts with and forms a layer of totally
different composition is excluded and will be found below on other
features, such as composition of the layers, (see especially subclass
420).
for a web or sheet which has a continuous but nonuniform
or irregular finish which may be a coating and need not be on the
outermost surface. The main difference between subclasses 141 and
409+ is that in the latter, the surface characteristic
is that obtained by treating or modifying the surface without adding
a layer. The superficial surface must have the same composition
as the remainder of the sheet; in the former the finish may be due
to a coating. In subclasses 141+ the surface must be textured
or irregular; in subclasses 409+ the surface can be smooth
but must have some characteristic not present in the remainder,
e.g., smoothness, hardness, temper, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 409. Product comprising the composition commonly known as glass* in
which the surface has been treated and so altered to yield a physical
proper different from the portion adjacent thereto.
(1)
Note. Examples of surface modifications are: tempering or
strengthening, crystallizing, etc.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Stock material comprising plural layers* or surfaces,
adhered or cohered to each other, identified by the composition
of the layers*, and not elsewhere provided for.
(1)
Note. Each and every layer disclosed, whether considered
in the document as a base* layer* or an adhesive
layer, is construed to be a separate layer for purposes of placement
in this or indented subclasses. No distinction is made in consideration
of whether a layer is an adhesive, prime coat, thin film or base*; each
is considered to be an individual layer. For a detailed explanation
of the principles used as the basis of classification of the group,
i.e., the "layer-pair" concept see section IV
of this definition of this class (428).
(2)
Note. A claimed pair of layers is read in the light of the
disclosure. A patent claiming merely metal* adhered to glass*,
and disclosing that the metal* and glass* are
actually bonded by an epoxy* resin, is placed on the basis
of the two pairs, glass* -epoxy* and metal* -epoxy*.
Thus, the "original" copy of this patent is
placed in subclass 415 and a copy is cross-referenced in subclass 416.
(3)
Note. In each of the indented subclasses, the layer is identified
by an ingredient, sole or otherwise; i.e., such layer includes,
but need not be solely composed of, the material by which the layer is
identified.
(4)
Note. A disclosure of a layer* which is comprised
of copolymerized material is placed in the first appearing subclass
in the schedule which provides for the polymer, e.g., a patent claiming
a laminate of a copolymer of styrene (addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers*) and alkyd* (polyester*) is
placed under polyester*. A patent to a laminate including
a layer containing mixtures is placed as an original on the basis
of the ingredient provided for in the first appearing subclass and
cross-referenced in all other subclasses which provide for the other
ingredients.
(5)
Note. In this group of subclasses, the "original" copy
of a patent claiming several pairs will be placed in the first appearing
subclass providing for a claimed pair and other copies cross-referenced
to all other subclasses providing for other claimed pairs. In the
case of disclosed but not claimed pairs, only those disclosures
which add to the broad general concept of a particular subclass will
be cross-referenced to that subclass. As an example of this discretionary
use of cross-references, a disclosure of phenol-formaldehyde* next
to paper* (admittedly old) would not be cross-referenced
in subclass 531, but a disclosure of a resin comprising 83% phenol-formaldehyde
and 17% cresol-formaldehyde next to paper would be cross-referenced in
subclass 531 (provided it was not known that a disclosure of the
specific layer* pair already existed therein).
Briefly, the basic principles which determine placement of
the original copy of a patent in this or an indented subclass are:
(1) only claimed subject matter is relied upon when comparing coordinate "first-line
indent" subclasses (e.g., subclasses 98 and 411) of this
class; (2) such original copy will be placed in the first-occurring "first-line
indent" subclass which provides for the claimed subject
matter; however, where such "first-line indent" subclass
has a further indented subclass which specifically provides for
more specific claimed subject matter, the original copy will be
placed in the further indented subclass; (3) an original copy containing,
for example, two claims where one such claim is provided for in
a subclass which is indented under a superior subclass which provides
for the other claim, will be placed in such superior and generic
subclass (since it is first occurring) and crossed into the indented subclass;
(4) as between coordinate subclasses (e.g., subclasses 435 and 436) which
are indented under the same "first-line indent" subclass,
the original copy of a patent will be placed in the first-occurring
of the coordinate subclasses which provides for the claimed subject
matter. Once placement of the original copy of a patent has been
determined, a cross-reference copy of the patent is mandatory in
every subclass in this group (411+) (or in any other class) which
provides for other separately claimed subject matter. Cross-reference copies
may be placed in any subclass where the disclosed subject matter
is considered to render the patent a useful reference, for example
in subclasses superior to subclass 411 in this class.
(6)
Note. To be considered a "laminate" for inclusion
in this class at least two layers of surfaces must be indicated
by name or composition. The laminate may include surfaces which
are bonded solely by molecular attraction as e.g., vinylidene chloride
to another material or to a second layer of vinylidene chloride,
provided an interface can be detected. Where a particular "layer" of
the composite is identified in the claims in only functional terms,
e.g., only as a "substrate", the patent is classified
as an original in the first appearing subclass provided for a material
named in the claims, and may be cross-referenced to those subclasses
providing for materials only disclosed and not claimed; see the rule
of thumb elaborated on in (5) Note. above.
(7)
Note. Exceptions to the general scheme of the nonstructural
schedule are: (a) urea-aldehyde is not classified with polyamide* but
with aldehyde or ketone condensation product*. See notes
to subclasses 474+ and 524. (b) a patent directed to a
laminate of pyroxylin* (which usually is plasticized with
camphor and/or castor oil) is placed as a cellulosic* or
broadly carbohydrate* layer rather than natural oil or
natural gum*. See notes to subclasses 497 and 532. (c) an
acetal of polyvinyl alcohol is both an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* and
an aldehyde condensation product* and consequently is classified
in the subclass which appears first in the schedule. A patent to
a laminate including a layer of an acetal of polyvinyl alcohol will
be placed in the appropriate first appearing subclass directed to an
addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* or to an aldehyde
or ketone condensation* product as explained in (4) Note
above.
(8)
Note. All layers or surfaces as claimed in the patents of
these subclasses (411+), are coextensive. If a layer is
claimed in terms of sized relative to another layer, such limitation
is regarded as structural, so that the patent will be placed in
the appropriate subclass above; (see especially subclasses 44+,
77+, 189+, 195+, and 212+).
(9)
Note. In the subclasses directed to papers, indented under
this subclass (411 nonstructural laminates), the product is a laminate
which incorporates as the paper* layer a finished paper* product.
For purposes of placement in the indented subclasses, the term
paper*, standing alone and without further elaboration,
in a patent will be construed to mean a self-sustaining layer of
cellulosic* fibers*, as exemplified by paper,
per se, cardboard, pasteboard or water laid wood pulp. This class
(428) has the same residual relation to Class 162, Paper Making
and Fiber Liberation, as it has to other stock material classes.
Thus, a patent to a paper-including laminate, produced by a process
provided for in Class 162, will be placed in that class.
(10)
Note. A patent to a web, sheet or single-layer product, of
material described in nonstructural terms, is placed in the appropriate
material or composition class. This rule holds even where a single
layer of one material is completely impregnated with a second material,with only
a few exceptions. (See subclasses 539.5, 540 and 541 of this class
428). Relative thereto, alloys and other compositions of free metal
are found in Classes 75 and 420; Inorganic chemical compounds and
nonmetal elements such as carbon fabric are found in Class 423; hydrocarbon
products are found in Class 585; Synthetic Resins are found in Classes
520-529; other organic (carbon) compounds are found in Class 260
and its daughter Classes 530-570; other coating and plasted compositions
are in Classes 106 and 501; medicinal or biocidal or hair or skin
treating compostions are found in Class 424; compositions of general
use are found in Class 252. The superiority of these and other
material or composition classes is set forth in (2) Note under the
class definition of Class 106.
Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, especially
subclasses 100+ for a laminate including paper*, which
laminate is produced by a process provided for in that class (162);
and see Search Class note under IV in the class definition of this
class (161) and (9) Note above.
Compositions, appropriate subclasses, for a single layer or mass of a composition
of general use; and especially
subclasses 9+ for a lubricant; subclass 62 for an insulating
composition; subclass 62.3 for a barrier layer composition; subclass
478 for an X-ray shield composition; and subclasses 301.2+ for
a fluorescent or phosphorescent composition; and see (12) Note above.
Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for a connection or seal between
two members at substantially a single locus, where the structure
or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular) relation of at least one
of the members is specifically recited.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a resin or natural rubber adhesive or composition
containing same used as an adhesive in a laminate, and see the (11)
Note, above.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains linearly recurring
diester linkages of carbonic acid and a polyhydric alcohol.
(1)
Note. The linearly recurring ester linkages of carbonic acid
require that at least a single carbonyl oiety (C=O) be
linked to two different oxygen atoms, each of which is further linked
to carbon atoms. The term "diester" used here,
does not include the reaction product of two carbamic acid molecules
with a glycol (i.e., the term does not include polyurethane*).
The reaction product of carbamic acid and a glycol is considered
a poly (amido ester*) and a patent claiming a laminate
comprising such a product will be placed in subclass 190 below.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer contains a resin produced by
polymerization of an epoxide (e.g., vic-alkylene oxide or epichlorohydrin) with
a dihydric compound.
(1)
Note. Epoxy resins are usually thermosetting characterized
by good adhesiveness, resistance to chemicals and are generally
made from a diphenol, as bis phenol A.
(2)
Note. A patent in which a layer of a laminate is disclosed
as an "epoxy", epoxy resins, or the glycidyl ether
of bis phenol A will be placed in this or an indented subclass.
Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 60+ , for a process of laminating using an epoxy resin
as adhesive; and especially subclass 330.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, appropriate subclasses for an epoxy resin or natural
rubber, per se, or for an epoxy resin containing composition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product in which the layer, contiguous with the epoxy ether
layer, contains quartz* or glass* (both defined
in subclass 426).
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer comprises a compound which contains
a plurality of C-S-C linkages in the molecular chain.
(1)
Note. A layer containing polysulfide synthetic rubber (e.g.,
the reaction product of dihaloalkylene and alkali polysulfides)
is considered a polythioether and a patent claiming a laminate of
such a layer will be placed in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product comprising three layers in which the inner layer
is disclosed as the inter-reaction product of the other layers.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 240+ for processes of reactive coating of a metal substrate
wherein an external agent combines with a component in the metal
substrate to form a coating thereon containing a component of the metal
substrate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer includes an (addition polymer from
unsaturated monomers*) which contains fluorine.
(1)
Note. The fluorinated addition polymer is usually obtained
from fluoro-alkenes and fluoro-halo alkenes e.g., difluoro-chloro-ethylene.
(2)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate containing a layer of a
halogenated addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, where no
fluorine is present, will be placed in the appropriate subclasses directed
to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers.
463 and 514, e.g., and other appropriate subclasses
below for a laminate containing a layer of a halogenated addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers, where no fluorine is present.
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Product in which the unsaturated monomers are completely
saturated with halogen.
(1)
Note. Two or more halogens may be present in the polymer,
at least one of which must be fluorine.Thus, examples of polymers
found in this subclass are: tetrafluorethylene, trichlorofluorethylene,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer contains a polymer derived from
an isocyanurate, that is, a cyclic trimmer of an isocyanate having
the generalized formula
(1)
Note. If the connecting chain between the isocyanurate rings
also contains ester linkages, the patent should be cross-referenced
to subclasses 423.1+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer contains a polymer characterized
by both amide and ester linkages in the polymer chain in any combination
or ration.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate including a layer containing
polyurethane, or the polymerized reaction product of isocyanates
and alcohols, will be placed in this subclass or its indents.
(2)
Note. Polyamidoester includes Polyimidoester.
(3)
Note. The term polyisocyanate is sometimes used to designate
polyurethanes and it is not always clear what is intended by the
term in some patents. The use of any of the following terms: polyisocyanate,
polyurethane, urethane resin, polycarbamate or the disclosure of the
reaction products of disocyanate with any glycols, diamines, amino
alcohols, amides, or esters will be deemed a sufficient disclosure
of polyamidoester or polyisocyanate to meet the definition of this
subclass.
for a product having a layer of polymer comprised
solely of amide linkages in the polymer chain, including a polyamide
with ester linkages in a side chain.
for a product having a layer of polymer comprised
solely of ester linkages in the polymer chain, including a polyester
having amide linkages in a side chain.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 59+ for a coated or impregnated fabric which may include
a polyamidoester coating.
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product wherein a second contiguous layer is a polymer characterized
by linkages, as illustrated below.
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product in which a second contiguous layer is a polymer
characterized by linkages, as illustrated below.
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product wherein a sec contiguous layer is a polymer derived
from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer, and characterized by
a hydrocarbon backbone.
This subclass is indented under subclass 424.2. Product wherein the addition polymer contains ester groups
not in the polymer chain, such as dependent acetate groups.
This subclass is indented under subclass 424.2. Product wherein the addition polymer contains atoms of chlorine,
bromine, or iodine such as chlorinated polyethylene, polychloroprene,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product wherein the polyamidoester layer contains a particulate
metal or a metal compound, e.g., metal oxide, etc.
Compositions,
subclasses 62.51+ for a magnetic composition and nonstructured products,
e.g., "a tape," etc., having a magnetic coating
on an unnamed substrate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains fused silica
(i.e., quartz), or a mixture of (1) fused silica, and (2) alkali
and alkaline silicates, commonly known as glass.
(1)
Note. The glass may be in the form of fibers or as a fiber
glass mat.
(2)
Note. Such materials as waterglass, isinglass and plexiglass
are not considered as glass.
(3)
Note. Vitreous enamel or vitreous ceramic, per se, is considered
to be glass.
Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses, for a connection or seal between
two members at substantially a single locus where the structure
or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular relationship, etc.) of at
least one of the members is specifically recited, and one of the
members is glass or quartz.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), appropriate subclasses for a glass fiber fabric in a laminate
and
subclass 180 for a coated or impregnated glass fiber fabric.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a second layer contiguous with the quartz
or glass layer contains boron in either its free or chemically combined
state.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a second layer contiguous with quartz or
glass contains the element silicon in either the free or chemically
combined state.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a second glass layers in which there
is a difference in the glasses (e.g., composition or physical properties)
such as to indicate two different glass layers, will be placed
in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Product in which the second layer comprises (1) a compound
similar to a hydrocarbon in which the tetravalent silicon replaces
the carbon atom, as SiH4n monosilane or silicomethane,
(2) an elastomeric in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized
hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O linkages or (3) any of a class
of compounds that contain alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in
either a linear structure (such as H3Si (O
Si H2)n O Si H3) or a cyclic
structure as H2(Si O)n and that may also contain
methyl, phenyl or other organic radicals in place of some or all
of the hydrogen atoms and are made by hydrolyses of chlorosilanes
or alkoxy-silanes.
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Product in which some of the acid and/or the alcohol
moieties, from which the polyester is derived are at least trifunctional,
permitting a cross-linking of the linear polyester chain.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate including a polyester
layer derived from an acid(s), which is at least tri-basic, or from
an alcohol(s), which is at least tri-hydric or in which either the
poly basic acid or polyhdric alcohol is unsaturated, will be placed
in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer adjacent the glass or quartz contains
a metal* either in the free or combined state.
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Product in which the metal* comprises silver, gold,
platinum, pallodium, mercury, iridium, rhodrium, ruthernium or osmium,
that is, those metals* which are not easily oxidizable
and are recognized as the "noble" metals*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which the layer adjacent the quartz or glass
contains a polyamide* or polyimide*.
(1)
Note. This subclass provides for placement of patents claiming
glass glued to other surfaces or adhered directly to nylon* or
protein*, e.g., a gelatin* layer.
(2)
Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered polyamide for purposes
of classification is this schedule and patents claiming glass-to-urea-aldehyde
laminates are placed in subclass 436.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains
an aldehyde or ketone condensation product*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Product in which a layer contiguous with the quartz or glass
contains the di-ether reaction product of an aldehyde with the hydroxy groups
of an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers)*, e.g.,
acetal of polyvinyl alcohol.
(1)
Note. The usual source of polyvinyl alcohol is a hydrolyzed
polyvinyl ester. Such terms as the reaction of an aldehyde with
polyvinyl acetate -- or the reaction of an aldehyde with hydrolyzed polyvinyl
acetate -- will be sufficient to place a patent in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains
a cellulosic* material.
(1)
Note. The majority of patents claiming safety glass in which
cellulosic material is an inner layer, or in which glass is bonded
to an inner layer by cellulosic material, will be placed in this
and the indented subclass.
(2)
Note. Patents claiming significant polarizing structure or
composition of a layer or laminate will be placed in Class 359, Optical:
Systems and Elements, subclasses 483+. Patents claiming
significant optical filtering structure will be placed in Class
359, subclasses 885+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 438. Product in which the cellulosic material has been esterfied
by reaction with an acid.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming glass laminated to nitro-cellulose
or cellulose nitrate, cellulose chromate or cellulose sulfate, as well
as cellulose acetate, butyrate etc., will be placed in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains
natural rubber*, natural gum*, natural oil*,
rosin*, wax* or (bituminous or tarry residue*).
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate containing a layer comprising
a synthetic rubber will usually be found in the subclass directed
to an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* or the indented
subclasses or, in the case of polysulfide synthetic rubber, will
be found in the polythioether subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to quartz or glass contains
an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a layer of glass next to one of vinyl,
acrylic or a polyalkylene compound or isoprene or neoprene rubber,
will be placed in this or the indented subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Product in which the addition polymer is an ester, halide
or nitrile.
(1)
Note. The addition polymer may be derived from monomers which
include esters, halides or nitriles or the addition polymer may
be treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile radicals.
(2)
Note. The ester moieties are pendant, i.e., in a long chain
polymer, the ester groups branch out from the main chain and the
chain is not linked through a plurality of ester linkages. If the
chain were linked through the ester groups, as in alkyd or polyethylene
terephthalate, a patent claiming such laminate would be placed in
subclass 430 or 431.
(3)
Note. Patents claiming partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl ester
next to glass will be placed here. If, however, the ester is completely
hydrolyzed the patent will be placed in subclass 441 unless an acetal
if formed therefrom, in which latter case the patent would be placed
in subclass 437. The word "hydrolyzed", without qualification
in a patent will be deemed to mean completely hydrolyzed.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer includes a fibrous mineral
of a magnesium, calcium or iron silicate (e.g., amphibole, serpentine
and anthophyllite, etc.).
(1)
Note. For the purposes of this subclass, the following terms,
as well as the word "asbestos*" itself,
are deemed to be definitive of a layer as asbestos - containing:
uralite, tremolite actinolite crocidolite, chrysotil amosite or
pyrozene.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclass 137 for a coated or impregnated asbestos fabric and
appropriate subclasses for a laminate comprising fabric made from
inorganic fibers such as asbestos.
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Product in which there is a layer of cellulosic* material
(either natural or modified) in addition to the layer of asbestos*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product with at least one layer having as an ingredient
a material which contains the element silicon in any form, i.e.,
elemental or in a compound.
(1)
Note. A product comprising an alloy or an intermetallic compound
which has silicon as an element thereof is excluded from this definition
and will be found in subclasses 457+.
(2)
Note. This subclass and its indents, especially subclass
454 will take a patent to a nonstructural laminate claiming clay*,
cement*, sand* or vitreous* substances
which do not fit the definition of glass*, but are silicon
containing.
(3)
Note. A patent claiming mica* (as a constituent
of a second layer) will normally be considered to claim mica flakes (flat)
and as such is considered to define structure of such flakes and
will be placed in subclass 324. If the mica is disclosed as ground
or pulverized and is a constituent of a second layer, and structurally
defined, such a patent will also be placed in subclass 324. If
no structure of the ground or pulverized mica recited, a laminate
containing such mica will be placed in subclass 454.
(4)
Note. Special exception in regard to silicon and metallic
stock material in Class 29. For purpose of Class 29, subclasses 180+ silicon
is considered to be a metal. See also class definition, Glossary,
for nonstructural terms or Composition-definition of Metal and
Relation to Other Classes, B, reference to Class 29.
and 149+, for a product comprising a continuous,
but nonuniform or irregular surface made by a layer of particulate
matter which could be a silicon containing material such as crushed stone,
etc., or as a coating on particulate matter.
206+, 308, 331, 387, 404+, and
428, for other products containing silicon in elemental or compound
form, either in the form of particulate matter, (e.g., pigment,
etc.) or as glass, or as a coating or impregnant, as appropriately
titled.
Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, especially those having "silicon", "glass" or "vitreous" in
their title for the process of making a silicon containing multi-layer
product by a process of that class.
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which the silicon comprises (1) a compound similar
to hydrocarbons in which the tetravalent silicon replaces the carbon atom,
as Si H4 monosilane or silicomethane, (2)
an elastomeric in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon
are replaced by Si-O linkages, or (3) any of a class of compounds
that contain alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear
structure (such as H3Si(O Si H2)nO
Si H3 ) or a cyclic structure as H2(Si
O)n and that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic radicals
in place of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and are made by hydrolysis
of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclass 81 and 99 for a fabric which has an organosilicon
coating or impregnation thereon.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 33+ for electrically semiconductive stock under the
Class 148 definition which is essentially homogeneous and has at least
two contiguous layers differing in the number of unbound electrons and/or
differing in energy gap levels, which exhibit a junction between
the layers.
Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), appropriate subclasses for such devices, wherein
the solid-state material is typically a semiconductor.
Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, particularly
subclasses 570+ for methods of making a Schottky contact to a semiconductor
and subclasses 597+ for methods of making an ohmic contact
to a semiconductor.
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which a layer adjacent the silicon-containing
layer contains either an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*)
or an (aldehyde or ketone condensation product*).
for a composite product in which sodium silicate
may be the intermediate layer and especially subclass 449 in which
sodium silicate, as the intermediate layer is the adhesive between two
paper layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which the silicon ingredient is sand*,
clay* or mica*.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming mica (as a constituent of a layer)
will normally be considered to claim mica flakes* (flat)
and will be placed in this class, subclass 324. Patents to a laminate
of ground or pulverized mica will be placed in this subclass 454,
unless the ground or pulverized mica is structurally defined to indicate
placement in subclass 324.
and 149+, for a product comprising a continuous
but nonuniform or irregular surface, made by a layer of particulate
matter which could be sand, silica or clay.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains the bark of
the cork oak.
(1)
Note. Bark of trees other than the cork oak is considered "cellulosic*",
thus patents claiming a laminate of bark will be placed in the appropriate
cellulosic subclasses, especially subclasses 532+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Product in which the cork is admixed with (natural oil,
natural gum or rosin*).
(1)
Note. Linoleum usually is a composition comprising cork and
linseed oil. Unless it is clear than the term is distorted in a patent,
the word linoleum, in the description of a laminate or layer thereof,
will be sufficient to place a patent to such laminate in this subclass.
An obvious distortion would be the use of the word linoleum for
vinyl floor covering.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains metal*.
(1)
Note. For inclusion here, a disclosure need not limit the
entire composition of a layer to metal or alloy; an elemental metal
or an alloy, among constituents of such layer, is sufficient.
(2)
Note. Steel, solder, Wood"s metal - etc., are considered
metals, and may be present as a sheet or foil or as filler in some
other substance.
408, 209, 312, 313, 317, 328, 330, 344, 356, 379+,
416, and 418, for a product which includes a metal layer, metal
foam, metal particle, or a fiber including a metal which may be
a coating thereon as appropriately titled.
Electrical Resistors, appropriate subclasses for a laminate including
a metal layer and other resistor structure such as spaced lead or
terminals, at the minimum.
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains
a polyamide*, polyimide* or polyester*.
(1)
Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered to be a polyamide or
polyimide for purposes of classification in this schedule and will
be found in the subclass providing for condensation products of
aldehyde and ketone*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 458. Product in which the layer comprises a polyamide and is
derived from a natural source, e.g., glue*, from milk or
a vegetable, or albumin or gelatin from animal tissue.
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which the layer adjacent the metal layer contains
an (aldehyde or ketone condensation product*).
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains
an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
(1)
Note. This is the locus for products in which the addition
polymer is substituted with heterocyclic or nitrogeneous radials,
but see (2) Note below. Included under this definition are acrylamide, coumarone
or vinyl pyridine polymers and patents claiming a layer of such material
will be classified here.
(2)
Note. A laminate of metal and a nitrile of an addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers is classified with the ester and halide.
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Product in which the addition polymer is derived from monomers
which include polyunsaturated monomers (e.g., butadiene or cyclopentadiene).
(1)
Note. A patent which claims metal next to "a synthetic
rubber" (e.g., polymerized or copolymerized butadiene rubber, neoprene
or G. R. S.*) will be placed in this subclass; unless the
synthetic rubber is a thio rubber for which see (3) Note below.
(2)
Note. A layer claimed as "rubber" will be
considered natural rubber, unless the disclosure indicates other
than a natural rubber is intended.
(3)
Note. Thio rubber is considered polythioether and a patent
to a laminate including thio rubber will be placed in subclass 419.
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Product in which the addition polymer is an ester, halide
or nitrile.
(1)
Note. The addition polymer may be derived from monomers which
include esters, halide or nitrile or the addition polymer may be
treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile radicals.
(2)
Note. Addition polymers of unsaturated monomers which contain
fluorine are unique in properties, differing from the other halogenated
polymers and patents claiming such laminates are collected in subclasses
421+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains
natural rubber*.
(1)
Note. Synthetic rubber is usually derived from polymerized
dienes and acrylonitriles and patents claiming these in a metal
laminate are collected in subclasses 462 or 463. Patents claiming metal
next to polysulfide synthetic rubber are collected in subclass 419.
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Product in which a natural rubber* containing layer
is disposed between and adjacent both a metal containing layer and
a natural rubber* containing layer.
(1)
Note. The two rubber layers must be different in some physical
or chemical aspect, e.g., degree of vulcanization, other ingredients
including vulcanizers or accelerators; or a rubber containing layer
may be treated on the surface.
(2)
Note. A patent claiming a rubber layer, treated so as to
form a surface of rubber hydro-chloride and which is laminated with
a metal containing layer, will be placed here.
(3)
Note. A patent to a laminate in which the two rubber layers
are on the opposed faces of a metal layer will not be placed here.
Such a patent will be placed in subclass 465.
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal containing layer
contains natural gum*, natural oil*, rosin*,
lac* or a wax*.
(1)
Note. Patents claiming painted metal stock in which linseed
oil is the vehicle will be placed in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Paints with an alkyd base or the synthetic rubber commonly
known as "latex base" are not considered to contain
natural oil* or gum* unless so disclosed and a
patent to metal with a layer of any of these paints will not be
placed here; see search notes below.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 316+ for metallic stock which is coated with a salt
or metal oxide as a result of a process of that class.
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises a compound
made by the combination of a metal and an organic acid.
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises the compound
formed by the combination of oxygen with a metal from Groups I A
or II A of the periodic system (i.e., Lithium, Sodium, Potassium,
Rubidium, Cesium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium and Barium).
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises a compound
formed by the combination of an inorganic acid or oxygen with a
metal from Groups IV B, VB or VI B of the periodic system (i.e.,
Titanium, Zirconium, Hafnium, Vanadium, Niobium, Tantalum, Chromium, Molybdenum,
Tungsten).
and 921, for art collections of a product which
has a fire, flame or heat protection feature and which may include
a refractory metal or a compound thereof.
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises an aluminum
or iron solt or oxide formed in situ by reaction with the metal
of the metal layer.
(1)
Note. The salt or oxide maybe formed by a reactive coating
process classified in Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 6+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises a phosphorus
containing metal salt formed in situ by reaction withe the metal
of the metal layer.
(1)
Note. The phosphorus containing metal salt maybe formed in
situ by a reactive coating process classified in Class 148, Metal
layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer comprises at least an integral
portion of a layer of animal origin which existed in the layer or
film form; see (2) Note below.
(1)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate including glue* or
gelatin* in a film form are not included in this subclass because
neither exists in the animal as a layer or foil. A patent claiming
a glue* or gelatin* laminate would be placed in subclasses
474.4+.
(2)
Note. Animal skin in which the fur remains intact is considered
pile or nap type and patents to a laminate including such skin will
be placed in subclasses 85+.
Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 885+ for an optical filter system comprising more than
plural layers defined merely by the composition of the layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer contains a polymer having an imide
group, as illustrated below, in the polymer chain.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer contains a polymeric compound,
comprising recurring amide groups, as illustrated below, through
which the monomer residues are linearly linked, except urea-aldehyde
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a layer of
the reaction product of a polyamine and a polybasic acid (e.g., nylon),
or other condensation polymer of an amino acid such as caprolactam,
will be placed in this or an indented subclass.
(2)
Note. Urea-aldehyde condensation products are significantly
different from other polyamide resins and are similar in spatial
structure to phenol-aldehydes. Hence, patents claiming a laminate
of only urea-aldehyde are collected with aldehyde or ketone condensation* products
in subclasses 477.4 and 524+ and see the subclasses referred
to in the notes to subclass 524.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclass 168 for a coated or impregnated synthetic polyamide
fiber fabric and subclass 291 for a fabric with a preformed polyamide
sheet or film.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in which at least one of the polyamide layers contains
a polymer having a chain of four or more carbon atoms between its
carbonamide groups.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in which the polyamide is a polycarbonamide having
a chain of four or more carbon atoms between each of its carbonamide groups,
e.g., etc., where X=2 or more and a molecular weight in
excess of 100,000.
This subclass is indented under subclass 475.5. Product wherein the polycarbonamide layer is next to a layer
of a polymer formed by linkage of the double bonds of ethylenically
unsaturated monomer(s), e.g., a vinyl polymer, an acrylic polymer,
polybutadiene, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 475.8. Product where the unsaturated monomer is a monoethylenically
unsaturated hydrocarbon, e.g., ethylene, propylene, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product where the polyamide is adjacent to a layer of a
polymer formed by linkage of the double bonds of ethylenically unsaturated monomer(s).
This subclass is indented under subclass 476.3. Products where the polyamide is or is similar in structure
to a polyamide from a natural source, e.g., gelatin, etc.
(1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 478.2 for a description
of the structure of polyamides from natural sources.
This subclass is indented under subclass 476.3. Product where the unsaturated monomer is a monoethylenically
unsaturated hydrocarbon, e.g., ethylene, propylene, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product where the polyamide is adjacent to a layer of a
polymer formed by removal of the oxo oxygen from an aldehyde or
ketone and interaction of the carbon, from which removed, with another
molecule.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product where the polyamide layer contains an inorganic
material (an element or inorganic compound) or is adjacent to a
layer which contains an inorganic material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product wherein the polyamide is characterized by a structure
obtained by polymerization of an alpha-amino acid, that is, having
a single carbon, usually substituted, between the carbonamide groups
which make up the polymer backbone.
This subclass is indented under subclass 478.2. Product wherein the natural source-type polyamide is next
to a layer containing cellulose (including modified or regenerated)
such as wood.
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in which the polyamide layer is adjacent to a layer
containing cellulose, including modified or regenerated cellulose.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer comprises a polymeric compound
containing ester groups through which the monomers are linearly
linked to each other.
(1)
Note. To be considered polyester*, the chain of
units must be attached to each other through ester linkage, such
as the product formed by esterification of a polyhydric alcohol
with a polybasic acid or the polymeric self-esterification of a hydroxy
acid. A polymer which has multiester groups and whose units are
not linked through these ester groups but by means of some other
method (e.g., reaction of double bonds) is not considered polyester.
thus, a patent claiming a polyvinyl acetate or a poly methyl acrylate laminate
will be found in subclasses 500+.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclass 164 for a coated or impregnated polyester fiber fabric
and subclass 395 for a fabric with a preformed polyester sheet or
film.
This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in which some of the acid and/or the alcohol
moieties, from which the polyester is derived, are at least trifunctional,
permitting a cross-linking of the linear polyester chain.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a polyester
layer derived from an acid which is at least tribasic or an alcohol
which is at least trihydric or in which either the poly basic acid
or polyhydric alcohol is unsaturated, will be placed here.
This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in which a layer adjacent the polyester layer comprises
an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
This subclass is indented under subclass 484.1. Subject matter for product in which a layer adjacent
the wax or waxy layer comprises a cellulosic* material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Product in which the paper is made from well beaten chemical
wood pulp, is highly calendered, and is hard, thin and almost transparent.
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Subject matter for product including coloring material
comprising (a) small, solid free particles* of coloring
matter, (b) coloring material which has been chemically attached
to another substance (dye).
This subclass is indented under subclass 488.11. Subject matter in which a layer of the composite material
or selected portions of such layer nay be transferred form the carrier
layer to another material (e.g., carbon-paper type), the composite
being provide with at least a third layer outward of the transferable
layer or directly of the carrier layer, opposite the transferable
layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains (a bituminous
or tarry residue*).
(1)
Note. The residue from distillation of mineral oil and/or
coal and from the destructive distillation of wood is considered
to be a pitch; and a patent claiming a laminate including a layer
of such material will be placed in this subclass.
(2)
Note. The mere identification in the disclosure, of a material
in a layer as an asphalt, tar, pitch or bitumen will be sufficient
for placement of a patent in this subclass.
and especially 143+ for a product, usually
a roofing material which includes a layer or component saturated
or coated with a bituminous or tarry material (including asphalt).
Coating Processes,
subclasses 138+ for a process of coating a pavement or the earth
with asphalt, tar, bitumen or oil, subclasses 186+ for
a process of producing a roofing element, usually including asphalt
and subclass 443 for a process of coating, utilizing asphalt, bitumen,
oil or wax.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains natural rubber*.
(1)
Note. The rubber may be modified by chemical treatment and/or
admixed with other natural or with synthetic, resin(s).
(2)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a layer of
rubber, without indication of a synthetic origin, will be placed here.
(3)
Note. Synthetic rubber is usually derived from addition polymers
of polyene monomers and, unless the synthetic rubber is disclosed
as a polysulfide rubber, laminates containing such a layer will
be classified with addition polymers. "Thio" or
polysulfide rubber is considered polythioether.
for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one component* is porous or cellular and is made of foamed
or expanded material, which may be natural rubber and subclass 316,
for a similar composite* web* or sheet* in which
the porous component* may be natural rubber.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 84 , 90, 100, and 159 for a coated or impregnated fabric
that contains natural oil, gum, or rosin.
This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product in which adjacent layers, each containing natural
rubber*, are disclosed or claimed to differ in composition
or properties.
(1)
Note. The rubber layers may "differ" in degree
of vulcanization, kind or relative amounts of vulcanizers, accelerator
or additives or in other disclosed physical properties.
(2)
Note. A patent claiming plural layers of rubber, identical
in composition, directly adhered to each other (e.g., by molecular attraction
or static electricity) and in which an interface can be detected,
will be placed in subclass 492.
This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product wherein a layer adjacent the rubber containing layer
comprises either an (aldehyde or ketone condensation product*)
or an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
(1)
Note. Polyvinyl acetal, being an aldehyde condensation product,
a patent claiming such acetal next to rubber will be placed here.
for a laminate including a layer of (addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers) and especially subclasses 501+ for
a layer of (aldehyde or ketone condensation product) next to the
(addition polymer from unsaturated monomers).
This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Product in which the addition polymer is derived from monomers
which include polyunsaturated monomers, e.g., butadiene or chloroprene.
(1)
Note. Patents to a laminate of natural rubber and synthetic
rubber (e.g., ABS*, butadiene, or GRS*) will be
placed in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains a (natural
gum or oil, rosin or lac*).
(1)
Note. A patent which claims a laminate comprising a layer
of, or containing, mineral oil, shellac, oil based paint, gum arabic,
cottonseed oil etc., will be placed here.
(2)
Note. Modification of a natural drying oil, e.g., boiled
linseed oil, will be considered natural oil.
(3)
Note. Pyroxylin* has a minor amount of camphor and/or
castor oil as a plasticizer, but for purposes of classification in
this schedule is considered a cellulosic* material. Thus,
patents claiming a laminate of pyroxylin will be placed in appropriate
subclasses of this class based upon the presence of a cellulosic
layer.
for a product comprising a layer comprising wax* or
waxy* material combined with a natural gum, rosin, natural
oil or lac; many of the products in subclasses 484+, especially subclasses
485+ combine a wax and a gum, lac, rosin etc., as a coating
on a cellulosic base.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 84 , 90, 100, and 159 for a coated or impregnated fabric
that contains natural oil, gum, or rosin.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains a compound
which is an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
159, 315, 327, 339, 349, 373+, 383, and
407, for products comprising an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
used as a coating, impregnation or bond, as part of a composite* web* or
sheet* or as a synthetic fiber* or filament*,
as appropriately titled. See below for more specific notes.
for a product including an adhesive outer layer
and in which the adhesive composition includes an addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers, and especially subclass 349 in which the
polymer is heat sealable.
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in which a layer adjacent to the layers of addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers, comprises an (aldehyde or ketone
condensation product*).
(1)
Note. An acetal of polyvinyl alcohol is an (aldehyde or ketone
condensation product); hence, a patent claiming a product of such
an acetal next to another layer which comprises an addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers will be placed in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Product wherein the melamine-aldehyde condensation product
is incorporated within the interstices or applied to the surface
of a material comprising cellulose* or a derivative thereof,
and, if on the surface, is contiguous to the addition polymer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product in which the condensation product is one resulting
from the reaction between an amide and an aldehyde.
This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product in which the condensation product is one resulting
from the reaction between an aldehyde and a hydroxy benzene (i.e.,
a compound containing one or more hydroxyl group attached to an
aromatic or carbon ring and commonly known as a phenol).
This subclass is indented under subclass 507. Product in which the cellulosic material is chemically modified
(e.g., esterified, etc.) or precipitated from a solution (i.e.,
regenerated).
(1)
Note. Examples of modified or regenerated cellulose are:
viscose*, cellophane*, cellulose*, acetate,
cellulose* nitrate and pryoxylin*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Product wherein the addition polymer is made from one or
more monomers in which only carbon and hydrogen appear, (e.g., polyethylene*, polyproxylene,
polystyrene, butadiene styrene copolymer (SBR)*, ethylenepropylene
copolymer, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Product wherein the addition polymer is an ester or a halide.
(1)
Note. The addition polymer may be obtained from a monomer
which includes an ester or a halogen or the addition polymer itself
may be treated to introduce an ester or a halide radical.
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Product in which the addition polymer is made from a monomer
in which only carbon and hydrogen appear, (e.g., butadiene-styrene copolymer
(SBR)*, butyl rubber, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 512. Product wherein the hydrocarbon monomer(s) contain a single
ethylenic group, illustrated below, not a part of an aromatic ring,
e.g., polyethylene*, polypropylene, polystyrene, ethylene-propylene
copolymer, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Product in which the addition polymer is an ester, nitrile
or halide.
(1)
Note. The addition polymer may be obtained from monomers
which include an ester, halide or nitrile; or the addition polymer
may be treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile radicals.
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product comprising a plurality of contiguous layers, each
of which is an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, with
the respective layers disclosed as differing in some respect.
(1)
Note. The "differing" may be in degree of
polymerization, kind or amount of additive, vulcanization, or physical
property.
(2)
Note. Two identical layers which are fused together so as
to eliminate the interface are considered as constituting a single
layer and, in the absence of any claimed structure a patent claiming
such a layer will be placed in the appropriate composition class.
(3)
Note. Two identical layers of addition polymer which cohere
through molecular attraction or other bonding force, e.g., static
electricity, are not considered to differ. Thus, patents claiming
such layers will be placed in subclass 500.
for plural layers of addition polymer, identical
in composition and physical properties, which are directly cohered to
each other; and see (3) Note above.
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product wherein at least one layer contains a polymer of
one or more aliphatic, open chain, monoethylenically unsaturated
(i.e., monomers of the formula CnH2n).
This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Product wherein a layer next to the olefin polymer-containing
layer comprises a polymer derived from a poly-unsaturated monomer (e.g.,
butadiene, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Product in which the olefin polymer layer is next to a layer
of a polymer of one or monomers selected from the class of vinyl
chloride and vinylidene chloride.
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product in which at least one of the contiguous addition
polymer layers is derived from a poly-unsaturated monomer (e.g.,
butadiene, cyclopentadiene, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product in which at least one of the contiguous addition
polymer layers contains an addition polymer from an unsaturated
monomer which is in the form of an ester, a nitrile, or a halide.
(1)
Note. The addition polymer* may be derived from
a monomer which includes an ester, halide or nitrile; or the polymer* itself
may be treated to introduce an ester, halide, or nitrile radical.
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in which the addition polymer layer is derived from
a polyunsaturated monomer (e.g., butadiene, cyclopentadiene, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in which the addition polymer from unsaturated monomer
is an ester, halide or nitrile.
(1)
Note. The addition polymer may be derived from a monomer
which includes an ester, halide or nitrile; or the polymer itself
may be treated to introduce an ester, halide or nitrile radical.
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in which the addition polymer is derived from a
monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon only, i.e., the unsaturation
is present as the group:
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer comprises a resin resulting
from the reaction of an aldehyde or a ketone and a polyfunctional
active hydrogen containing compound, which, with the elimination
of water, produces a chain of alkylidene units alternating with
the residue of the hydrogen supplying compound.
(1)
Note. Phenol formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde, polyamino (e.g.,
melamine) formaldehyde, and furfural are exemplary of compounds
within the scope of the term, "Aldehyde or ketone condensation
product*.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclasses 160+ and 176+ for a coated or impregnated
fabric that includes an aldehyde or ketone condensation product.
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Product in which adjacent layers, each comprising an aldehyde
or ketone condensation product, are disclosed to differ in some
aspect.
(1)
Note. The two layers may contain different condensation products,
or the same condensation product with different additives or physical
properties.
(2)
Note. Two identical layers of an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product directly cohered to each other, but with an interface which
is detectable, are nor considered to differ. Thus, a patent claiming
such a laminate will be placed in subclass 524. Such layers may
cohere through, e.g., molecular attraction or static electricity.
for plural layers of an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product, identical in composition and physical properties, which
are directly cohered to each other; and see (2) Note above.
This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in which the cellulosic material is chemically modified
(e.g., esterified) or precipitated from a solution.
(1)
Note. Viscose, cellophane, cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate
and pyroxylin are exemplary of modified or regenerated cellulose.
This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in which the cellulosic material is paper.
(1)
Note. The term paper is construed to include cardboard, pasteboard
and water laid wood pulp; and see (9) Note under the definition
of subclass 411.1.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains either a polyhydroxy
mono-aldehyde or a polyhydroxy mono-ketone, generally having the formula
i.e., Cn(H2O)n or one of the multi-unit anhydrides
which are hydrolizable to such aldehyde and/or ketone.
(1)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate including a layer of starch*,
glycogen, dextran*, lignin, etc., will be collected here.
(2)
Note. Pyroxylin has a minor amount of camphor and/or
castor oil as a plasticizer, but for purposes of classification
is considered carbohydrate (specifically cellulosic*) rather
than a natural gum or oil, and patents claiming a laminate of such
a layer will be placed in this and indented subclasses.
for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one of the layers* or components* varies in thickness
and at least one component* comprises cellulosic material.
for a composite*, web* or sheet*,
one component* of which is porous or cellular* and
is made of expanded or foamed material and is adjacent to a cellulosic
layer.
appropriate subclasses with cellulosic or carbohydrate
set out in the titles for a composite* web* or
sheet* including a cellulosic or carbohydrate component.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclass 153 for a coated or impregnated cellulosic fiber fabric
and subclass 257 for a fabric including a wood or cork layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Product in which each of contiguous layer contains carbohydrate,
at least one of which layers contains a cellulosic* material.
Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for a multilayer paper web or sheet which is produced by
a process of that class; and see (9) Note under the definition of
subclass 411.1 of this class (428).
This subclass is indented under subclass 534. Product in which at least one of the adjacent cellulosic
layers is chemically modified or precipitated from solution.
(1)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate of cellulose acetate, cellulose
nitrate, cellulose ether or pyroxilin* will be collected here.
Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for a multi-ply paper web or sheet which is produced by
a process of that class; and see (9) Note, under the definition
for
subclass 411.1 of this class (428).
METAL CONTINUOUS PHASE INTERENGAGED WITH NONMETAL CONTINUOUS PHASE
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Products in which a continuum (matrix or continuous phase)
of elemental metal is interengaged with a continuum of nonmetal material.
(1)
Note. These products are most usually obtained by the impregnation
of a metal or nonmetal composition, having an interconnected void
structure, with a nonmetal or metal composition, respectively, in
a fluent form.
for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal.
for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
impregnated with a different metal material.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 314+ for a consolidated composition containing free metal
that is to be used as a charge for a metallurgical process and subclasses 230+ for
consolidated metal powder compositions containing a nonmetal ingredient.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 440+ for immersion-type coating processes which may
result in the impregnation of coating material into the pores of
a substrate.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular, classes 523 and 524 for a synthetic
resin or natural rubber composition containing a nonreactant material,
but without a continuous metal phase.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a block* or other solid mass*,
or a single layer*, sheet* or web* which
is found in nature in substantially the same form and is saturated
or permeated with an extraneous material substantially throughout.
(1)
Note. If recited to specify a specific depth of penetration
of the saturating material so that a definite interface can be determined,
classification is above this subclass on other features such as for
example 212+ or 411.1+.
(2)
Note. Where no specifically recited depth of penetration
is recited as for example, 1/4 inch, half-way through, etc.,
the product will be considered to be impregnated substantially throughout and
will be placed in this subclass.
(3)
Note. Where a claim includes a solid block or piece of wood,
and alternatively wood pulp or wood flour or wood chips and no structure
of the particles, the original classification will be in this or
the indented subclass with a cross reference to the appropriate
composition or other classes, e.g., 106, 162, 252, 260, etc.
(4)
Note. Unless disclosed otherwise, wood and leather will be
considered as in the solid-state and proper for this or the indented
subclass.
(5)
Note. Rubber is not a natural solid and is excluded from
this group of subclasses.
(6)
Note. Unless otherwise described or identified (as for example
as particles*, chips, etc.) cork will be considered to
be a natural solid and will be classified in subclass 541 indented
hereunder.
This subclass is indented under subclass 540. Product in which the natural solid comprises a wood or lumber
product which is of substantial size as a sheet, web, block, etc.,
that is the wood product has not been comminuted into particles
or small bits or pieces.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a fully shaped article which has
as its only utility merely the adornment, or embellishment of a
place or thing and not provided for elsewhere.
(1)
Note. When any function other than mere appearance is ascribed
to an article in the specification or claims of a patent, the patent
is placed in the class and subclass which provides for that other
function.
(2)
Note. See Designs Classes D1 to D99 for inventions in the
decorative appearance of articles of commerce which have a main
function other than that of being decorative.
through 31, for ornaments characterized by special
structural features, or times, or places of use, particularly the
definition of subclass 7 for the location of decorations and ornaments classified
elsewhere; subclass 12 for a hanging ornament; and subclass 17 for
a treated piece of wood which looks like wood.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 311.1+ for an ornamental building component and subclasses 718.01+ for
a decorative trim strip for a building, or building component.
Education and Demonstration,
subclasses 81+ for inventions in teaching, or demonstrating visual
arts and crafts, especially subclasses 83 for a model made of filaments
and 86 for an animal, or human body model having movable parts.
This subclass is indented under subclass 542.2. Subject matter deriving its appearance mainly from originally
flat sheet material and/or wire, cord, slender rods, etc.
ARTICLE OF INTERMEDIATE SHAPE (E.G., BLANK, PARISON, PREFORM, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a fully shaped article which is
not suitable for functional use in the claimed condition, but must
be subjected to one or more further significant shaping steps to
do more than merely occupy space.
(1)
Note. The following operations have been regarded as not
involving a further significant shaping:
(a)
Assembling, or uniting the article with other parts.
(b)
Distorting the article during an assembly operation to cause
the article to conform to discrepancies in the size, or shape of
a coacting part.
(c)
Bonding, or distorting those portions of the article which
are to function as means for fastening the article to a coacting
part, as, for example, the bending of ears, or tabs.
(d)
Completely destroying the identity of the article as by disintegrating,
melting, etc.
(2)
Note. See the main definitions of this class (428), section
VI, A, 2, for a listing of classes of subject matter which provide
for their own blanks.
Product or stock material not provided for in any preceding
subclass in this class or where no other classification exists.
(1)
Note. Examples of products found in this subclass are: a
mass of filaments of no definite structure, mixtures of strands or
strips of no definite structure, etc.
(2)
Note. A surface modified so as to form a chemical composition
or compound is classified in the appropriate compound or composition
class, e.g., 106 or 260.
(3)
Note. No patent should be placed in this subclass before
consulting the "Index to U.S. Patent Classification" for
a more appropriate class and subclass.
(4)
Note. The search notes below indicate classes and subclasses
frequently overlooked in mistakenly deciding that an article is "miscellaneous".
Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for a single-layer material for building construction,
claimed in terms of its composition, even though described or nominally
claimed as an "article".
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 32 through 397for anti-inductive structures, especially subclass
350 for devices which shield or protect structures from magnetic
or electrical interference.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclasses 50+ for a single layer of foamed synthetic resin claimed
in terms of its composition; even though described, or nominally
claimed as an "article".
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter drawn to stock-material* or an intermediate-article* which
is metallic* or to a shaped metal configuration designed
for melting.
(1)
Note. The article or stock-material* may also contain
nonmetal material when it meets the requirements of this subclass for
containing spatially distinct portions of different metals or distinct
forms of a metal, contiguous to each other.
(2)
Note. Metallic* products made up of a mere random
mixture of ingredients, whether or not such ingredients are structurally
defined, are generally considered to be compositions, and are classified
in the appropriate composition class (including Class 148 "stock").
However, where the product is characterized by its dimensions,
as in subclasses 606+ or by a particular internal structure,
due to a particular interrelationship among its elements, or in
subclasses 566 and 605 it is considered to be a stock-material*.
See the definition of this class.
(3)
Note. A manufacture which comprises an indefinite series
of articles, whether intermediate or finished, still joined to each
other, as their precursor material was joined in the workpiece from
which the manufacture was made, is generally considered to be a
stock-material* and such manufactures coming within the scope
of this mainline subclass are generally found in indented subclasses
571 to 575. See also the class definition of this class (428),
section VI, A.
Cutlery,
subclass 345 for cutlery implements in which the invention lies
in the material from which made, subclass 346.54, directed specifically to
razor-blade material, and subclass 350, directed to the metallurgical
features of a blade.
Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition, particularly
subclass 309 for a process of making or material for making
a metallic abrasive tool.
Internal-Combustion Engines,
subclass 90.51 for the composition of a tappet of that class,
and subclasses 188.1+ for valves of that class which may
be made of metal.
Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 292+ for electrodes having a free-metal-containing composition,
useful for carrying out the processes of that class.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 76+ for an electroforming process directed to the production
of sheets, webs, wires, and filaments.
Railways: Surface Track,
subclass 4 for metallic highway track, subclass 26 for longitudinal
metal rail-supporting beams, subclasses 30+ for railway ties
which may be metal, subclass 111 for a pot-type rail support made
of cast metal, subclass 112 for a wrought plate support, subclass
150 for materials for rails, subclasses 269+ for cast rail
seats, and subclasses 272+ for wrought rail seats.
Sheet Metal Container Making,
subclasses 1+ for processes and machines for shaping and seaming
sheet metal hollow articles and machines for forming and compressing
the seams of roofing sheets.
Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for a friction or positive drive
pulley, guide roll, or belt which may be formed of cast or sheet
metal.
Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Parts
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Therefor, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous articles animal
body parts, elements and accessory to such parts which may be used
of metal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter directed to composite (e.g., multilayer)
material in which a component (e.g., a single layer) has a continuum
(matrix or continuous phase) of elemental metal and also a continuum
of nonfluent nonmetal interengaged or interenmeshed with the metal
continuum.
(1)
Note. To be included within the definition of interengaged,
the two phases must be related in an interlaced, reticulated, interwoven,
etc., fashion.
(2)
Note. A mere dispersion of particles in a matrix does not
come within the purview of this subclass.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 230+ for a consolidated metal particle composition containing
nonmetal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which contains free (elemental) metal particles.
(1)
Note. This and its indented subclasses include stock-material* made
by sintering, that is, a process in which a portion of a metal particle
is alloyed, bonded, brazed, coalesced, partly fused or welded to
a portion of an adjacent metal particle due to the application of
heat, or heat and pressure. Reference: Everhart, J. L., et al, "Mechanical
Properties of Metals and Alloys", Circular of the National
Bureau of Standards, C447, 1943, p, 16.
(2)
Note. The particulate metal component may contain particles
of nonmetal material and a component is deemed to contain metal
particles if made from a starting mixture of metal and nonmetal particles,
even though all of the metal may have melted in the process. Thus, "cemented" carbides
are assumed to contain metal particles.
(3)
Note. In this and its indented subclasses, the particulate
nature of the metal in the product may not always be explicit. When
the product is manufactured from metal powder, it is presumed that
some of the particulate nature of the starting material is preserved,
at least in the grain structure of the product. This presumption
holds even where the shape of the particles is changed, e.g., from
rounded to flattened. Where the particles are disclosed as being
fully molten during the process, and solidified in a mass, e.g.,
as in conventional metal spray coating, this presumption does not
hold.
(4)
Note. Mere mention of the grain structure or crystalline
configuration or a metal component does not justify placement in
these subclasses (544+).
(5)
Note. Mere porosity, even when a percentage figure is claimed,
or reference to an ingredient as a metal powder, is not sufficient
for classification as stock-material*, recitation of an
interconnected void structure in an article is sufficient. See subclass
566.
(6)
Note. The metal particles need not be joined, or even adjacent,
to one another; rather, when a product is defined as having a portion
or component which has a metal matrix, that is, continuous phase
of free (elemental) metal, next to a portion or component which
contains metal particles, even in a matrix of a nonmetal, it is
assumed that metal-to-metal contiguousness exists, and the patent
is properly placed here (subclasses 546+).
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 314+ for consolidated solid treating compositions for molten
metal or consolidated charges that contain free metal, subclasses 228+ for
metal compositions made from random mixtures which include metal
powder, and subclasses 255+ for loose metal powder compositions.
Presses, 266, Metallurgical Apparatus; and 425, Plastic Article
or Earthenware Shaping or Treating: Apparatus; for apparatus for
forming compacts from powdered metal. For the line between these
classes, see the class definition of Class 425.
Compositions,
subclass 63.2 for electrical resistance elements distinguished
only by their composition, and subclasses 181.1+ for "getter" compositions.
Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 5+ for liquid or melt comminuting of metals, and subclass
111 for processes of uniting metal particles without sintering.
Powder Metallurgy Processes, appropriate subclasses for processes of making articles
from metal particles using pressure with without heating, especially
subclasses 5+ for such processes to produce composite articles which
may have plural adjacent powder or solid metal layers or components.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 180+ for methods of applying solid particles or fibers
to a base, and subclasses 202+ for application of superposed diverse
coatings, one of which is particulate.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 228 and 376 for a fabric including a free metal or
alloy constituent which may be metal particles.
Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular, Classes 523 and 524 for a synthetic
resin or natural rubber containing composition containing a nonreactant
material. In these compositions, the nonreactant material may be
metal particles, which are dispersed in a continuous nonmetal phase,
without a continuous metal phase.
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter in which the porosity in one portion of the
material or article differs from the porosity in another portion
of the material or article or in which the composition or density
of the stock-material* varies gradually from being of one
composition or density to being another composition or density,
without the formation of distinct layers during the variance, or
wherein such variation takes place within a single component of
a composite.
(1)
Note. The gradual nature of the composition or density variation
must be explicit for the patent to be classified herein on the basis
of a composition or density gradient.
(2)
Note. The presence of a "diffusion layer" between
metal components does not place a patent in this subclass; such
a patent is classified on the basis of the layers. See the definition
to subclass 544.
for a nonmetallic sheet, web, or a component thereof
varying in thickness and wherein its density also varies and which
may or may not contain metal particles.
for a nonmetallic composite sheet or web, a component
of which has differential or varying porosity or density, which
may or may not contain metal particles.
for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal material.
for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a different metal.
Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device,
subclasses 80+ for wall and panel composites having composition or
density gradient or differential porosity.
Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 471+ for processes directed to the coating of forming
of metal layers or objects by electrophoresis or electro-osmosis.
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter which comprises at least two different contiguous
layers or portions, which can be seen to be in different locations,
both of which are, at least to some extent, of elemental metal,
at least one of which has a continuous metallic matrix and at least
one of which contains metal particles.
(1)
Note. This subclass (548) is the locus for patents having
two or more contiguous layers, all of which are of consolidated
metal powder.
(2)
Note. This subclass (548) includes a consolidated metal powder
product, a portion of which has been impregnated with one metal,
and another portion of which has been impregnated with a different
metal.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 228+ for a consolidated composition of metal powder
and subclasses 255+ for unconsolidated metal powders.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 516 through 537for processes of treating layered solid or semi-solid
metal stock or article to modify or maintain the internal physical
structure (i.e., microstructure) or chemical properties of metal.
If metal casting, fusion bonding, machining, or working is involved,
there is a requirement for significant heat treatment as described in
the Class 148 definition.
X-Ray or Gamma Ray Systems or Devices,
subclasses 143+ for laminated electrodes designed to generate X-rays
in which at least one layer contains metal particles.
Coating Processes,
subclass 191 for processes of applying metal particles to a
base to form a continuous coating, and subclasses 202+ for
processes of applying superposed diverse coatings, at least one
of which is particulate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter in which the composite contains fibrous material,
whether metal or nonmetal, asbestos or cellulose, in next to the
component which contains the metal particles.
(1)
Note. The metal particles may be contained within an interengaged
fibrous matrix, for example, a textile.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for stock-material* comprising metal or
nonmetal strand, web or sheet structures having a claimed twisted
or twined constituent and made by the machines and processes of
that class (57).
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 229 for a consolidated metal powder composition having
a fibrous component or a fibrous grain structure.
Wire Fabrics and Structure,
subclasses 2+ for metallic wire fabric and miscellaneous wire
fabric joints formed by bending at least one intersecting or connecting
element about the other.
Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition, particularly
subclass 296 for an abrasive tool making process including the
step of forming pores or voids in the finished article, or compositions
which form pores or voids therein.
Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers),
subclass 241 for an impeller blade characterized by a specified structure
other than shape which is not elsewhere classifiable; or a blade
having a residual surface film, layer or continuous deposit, or,
at least, partial impregnation; or a blade whose material composition
is specifically set forth.
This subclass is indented under subclass 551. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component contains
no organic material.
(1)
Note. Where the nonmetal component is functionally defined
and is generic to both organic and inorganic materials, e.g., "an
insulating layer", the patent is placed in subclass 551
and is not-cross-referenced here.
(2)
Note. "Enamel" without a further description,
is presumed to be inorganic; "paint" is presumed
to be organic.
This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter in which the product includes a component
which contains metal powder and another component which is of metal
which does not show any origin as metal particles.
(1)
Note. The particles in the powder portion may not be consolidated
enough to form a coherent article or material without the presence
of the nonparticulate portion.
Electric Heating,
subclass 146 for an electric arc heating electrode, e.g., a metal
rod having a core of a fluxing composition and having more structure
than a mere stock-material*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which the nonparticulate metal component
serves to enclose, completely or partially, the particulate metal
component.
(1)
Note. The metal particles often are distributed in a nonmetal
matrix of fluxing agent to make a "solder stick".
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 303+ for flux compositions, per se, containing metal particles,
without a binder.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclass 1 for metal depositing, e.g., "hard facing",
compositions containing metal particles and a nonmetal binder or
carrier fluid, with or without a fluxing component.
Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclass 56.3 for an article adapted to be applied to work as
filler material, subclass 214 for a process of surface-bonding metallic
parts using a flux, subclass 244 for such methods using an unfused
(e.g., particulate) metal filler, and subclasses 262.1+ for
such method wherein the work component, temperature, or pressure
is critical.
Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems,
and Elements,
subclasses 412+ for nuclear fuel component structure in layered,
channel or jacketed form, encased together with a nonfuel component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which metal particles are held in discontinuous
array by a nonmetal material which functions as a binder or matrix
for the particles.
(1)
Note. Contrary to the general rule for patent placement in
these subclasses (544+), a patent is not placed in this
subclass when the nonparticulate component is generically claimed,
if such component is disclosed as being confined to those materials
specifically provided for in the subclasses indented hereunder.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 59+ for coating processes for producing electrodes
used in electric welding, and subclass 196 for processes of applying particles
and a binder from different sources upon a base.
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which a nonparticulate component is more
than 50% nickel, copper or zinc, or a combination of two
or three of these metals.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 230+ for a consolidated metal powder composition containing
nonmetal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 458. Subject matter in which a component contains nonmetal particles.
(1)
Note. The inclusion in a component of metal particles which
themselves contain a dispersed nonmetal, e.g., steel with carbon
content, is not sufficient for placement in this subclass.
Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition, particularly
subclass 309 for process of making an abrading tool involving
metal or metal oxide composition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter specified as having pores which are interconnected
with each other and unfilled.
(1)
Note. Mere porosity in the product or a density less than
theoretical is not sufficient for placement of a patent in this subclass;
however, where the product is defined as "permeable" or
a porosity of greater than 40% (density less then 60%) is
claimed, it is assumed that the product has an interconnected void
structure.
Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition, particularly
subclass 296 for a process or tool defined thereby including
the step of forming pores of voids in the finished article, or abrading
tool compositions including one or more materials which form pores
or voids therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter containing elongated elements in a defined
relationship to each other (e.g., parallel) or in which matrix or
continuous phase of one metal (usually a consolidated powder material
having an interconnected "void" structure) is
interengaged with a matrix or continuous phase of a different metal.
The different metal is usually a nonparticulate, impregnating metal.
(1)
Note. An elongated element is one having one dimension significantly
larger than its other dimensions, e.g., fibrous, needle-like, rod-like,
etc.
(2)
Note. A mere elongation of the entire product is not sufficient
for placement herein.
for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal material.
for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a different metal.
Metal Working,
subclass 527.2 for processes of applying or shaping of fluent
coating material upon a base with an additional mechanical manufacturing
step.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 229 for a consolidated metal powder composition containing
elongated elements in a random disposition.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 150 for electrolytic coating processes for a metal
powder compact.
Powder Metallurgy Processes,
subclass 24 for processes for making articles from metal powder
using pressure and heat wherein at least some of the metal particles
are in the form of filaments or fibers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter containing one of the following, in free
or combined solid form: a noble gas, a halogen, a chalcogen (oxygen,
sulfur, selenium or tellurium), nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon or boron.
(2)
Note. If, in the claims as a whole, the presence of a nonmetal
is optional, the patent is placed in another subclass of 567+ and
is not cross-referenced in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter in which the product contains molybdenum
or tungsten.
(1)
Note. Where molybdenum and/or tungsten is not necessary
in all of the claims, the patent is placed in another subclass of
567+ and is not cross-reference to this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising unconsolidated (loose) composite
metal powder.
(1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 615, below, for an explanation
of the term "composite".
(2)
Note. While a loose mass of particles, each of which comprises
a particular metal or alloy, coated with a different particular
metal or alloy, is considered to be a stock-material* for
this class and subclass, a consolidated mass of such particles or
a mixture of such particles with other particles is considered to
be a composition, and is classified in a composition class. See,
in particular, the definition of Class 75, subclass 251.
for nonmetallic* coated particles. 924+,
for a collection of patents which disclose the physical dimensions
of composite metal stock-materials*, including composite
powders.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 255+ for loose metal particle compositions and the definitions
and notes thereto for the location of other patents which concern
metal particles.
Metal Treatment,
subclass 513 for processes of treating loose metal particles
and subclass 514 for processes of treating previously consolidated metal
particles and having no sintering of compacting step, for purposes of
modifying or maintaining the internal physical structure (i.e.,
microstructure) or chemical properties of metal.
Catalyst, Solid Sorbent or Support Therefor: Product
or Process of Making, for a composition composing a catalyst or sorbent, per
se, and see especially
subclasses 300+ for a catalyst which may contain a metal powder.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which the material is provided, usually
along its length, with portions of reduced tensile or fracture resistant
properties, e.g., perforations, or with a machine-sensible configuration,
at or near an edge, to permit ready or automatic disassociation
of the material into smaller units.
(1)
Note. In general, claimed recitation of an individual lead
frame, per se, with or without electrical leads/connections thereto
will not be classified herein, but in Class 257. To be classified
in Class 428, the stock material will have to be claimed either
as an individual lead frame without being labeled "lead frame",
or the lead frame structure will have to be a strip of interconnected
lead frames prior to separation into individual lead frames. Claimed
recitation of any electrical leads/connections (nominally or
in detail) in addition to the lead frame, or of electrical components
(nominally or in detail) in addition to the lead frame, per se,
will result in the subject matter being classified elsewhere, e.g.,
Classes 174, 257 or 361.
Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making,
subclass 77 for staple blanks integrally connected by the metal
from which they are made, which require further significant shaping
in addition to severing to produce a single fastener.
Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes),
subclasses 666+ for lead frames, per se, or
combined with active solid-state electronic devices.
This subclass is indented under subclass 571. Subject matter in which the intended disassociation is in
a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein, an indeterminate number of times,
at regular intervals, along the length of the material, the width
or thickness varies or cuts are provided along a margin.
(1)
Note. The mere provision of apertures or a roughened surface
is not considered to be a variation in thickness.
(2)
Note. A merely twisted structure is not considered to have
a variation in width or thickness.
(3)
Note. In general, claimed recitation of an individual lead
frame, per se, with or without electrical leads/connections thereto
will not be classified herein, but in Class 257. To be classified
in Class 428, the stock material will have to be claimed either
as an individual lead frame without being labeled "lead frame",
or the lead frame structure will have to be a strip of interconnected
lead frames prior to separation into individual lead frames. Claimed
recitation of any electrical leads/connections (nominally or
in detail) in addition to the lead frame, or of electrical components
(nominally or in detail) in addition to the lead frame, per se,
will result in the subject matter being classified elsewhere, e.g.,
Classes 174, 257 or 361.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 314 for structure in which the exposed face gives the
appearance of being formed of multiple units, this effect being
gained by deformation or marking of the base material.
Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes),
subclasses 666+ for lead frames, per se, or
combined with active solid-state electronic devices.
This subclass is indented under subclass 573. Subject matter having along its side edges, and extending
to said edges, openings which are smaller in their longitudinal
extent than they are in another dimension.
for stock-material* having a marginal feature
designed for calculating the length of the stock-material* or
number of units into which it is to be divided, or for facilitating
such division by automatic means.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter drawn to articles* comprising metal,
with or without a nometal component, having a described configuration
suitable for use in a particular process where the article is melted
or fused.
Fuel and Related Compositions,
subclasses 530+ for a fuel product of defined shape or structure
and subclass 541 for a bundled, covered or wrapper fuel composition.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 303+ for a flux composition which may be defined in terms
of its shape, and subclasses 314+ for a consolidated composition (e.g.,
a briquette) which is to be used as a charge for a metallurgical
furnace, the composition containing free metal dispersed in a nonmetal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising an intermediate-article*.
(1)
Note. If opposite surfaces of an article are defined as converging
toward each other at one end, the length of the article is considered
definite, for placement in this subclass.
(2)
Note. "Recited end structure" means that
a structural feature must be pointed out for at least two intersecting
thickness surfaces of the article. Where "end" structure
is recited without a recitation of "side" structure,
the defined "ends" are considered "sides".
(3)
Note. See the main definitions of this class (428), section
VI, A, 2, for a listing of classes of subject matter which provide
for their own blanks.
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter in which the article has a length and a width
each of which is greater than its thickness, has a finite perimeter,
and has a margin which is other than four straight sides meeting
each other at right angles.
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter having a plane of symmetry and a correspondence
in size, shape and relative position of parts such that if a plane
mirror is placed in the plane of symmetry, parallel to a thickness
surface or perpendicular to a nonthickness* surface of
the article, half the object, plus the mirror image of this half, appears
the same as the entire object.
Seal for a Joint or Juncture,
subclass 325 for a radially actuated segmented seal (e.g., ram
type, etc.) for a well overpressure control device (e.g., seal for
a blowout preventer, etc.), subclass 344 for a segmented radially actuated
packer (e.g., oil saver, gas saver, etc.) for above ground apparatus
of a well, subclass 493 for a segmented piston ring, subclass 533
for a dynamic segmented seal having a wedging surface contained
or compressed by gland member in a packing box, or subclasses 543+ for
a dynamic segmented circumferential contact seal for other than
a piston.
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter which is (1) provided with a rim, collar
or other flat projection which stands out beyond the main body of
the article, or (2) provided with means for holding the article, e.g.,
during late processing, or (3) having a configuration which provides
for interlocking among a plurality of identical articles.
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 73 and 74 for cables, conduits and conductors combined with
attaching means at a joint or end structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter in which (1) article is held together by
a separate and distinct mechanical fastener extending over the edge
of the article, or into a plurality of layers of the article, or
by bonding only the edges of the article, or (2) in which the article
is distinguished by a configuration, within one-third of its either
end, which differs from its configuration in its central one-third,
or (3) opposite surfaces of the article tend to converge.
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter in which the end feature is one in which
either the thickness surfaces or the nonthickness surfaces, or both,
of the article, approach each other towards an end.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter drawn to stock-material* which is
to be worked upon in a metal-working or similar operation, which
contains therein an empty longitudinal passageway insufficient to form
a conduit or a material, usually nonmetal, which is resistant to
bonding to the adjacent metal when subjected to heat and/or
working.
Metal Deforming,
subclasses 54+ for effecting mechanical treatment of metal work
by the development of pressure within a granular or particulate
or soft metal material which may be confined within said metal work, e.g.,
a hollow workpiece.
Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses for tubular stock-material* and
for tube and ring blanks which are themselves tubes which can conduct
a fluid.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising stock-material* which
(a) is of irregular cross-section, that is, not a circle or a regular
polygon, (b) is to be modified in its cross-sectional shape by a
manufacturing operation, and (c) produces a finished stock-material* which
has a cross-sectional shape irregular in the same fashion as the
starting material.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising a web or sheet made of longitudinally
parallel layers or components, at least some of which are not fastened
to any other component.
(1)
Note. Generally a subsequent manufacturing operation bonds
the layers or component together.
(2)
Note. Provision for gravity alone to hold the pile together
is not considered fastening.
and 114, for a sheet or web, including elements
in different layers or components which are in angular or parallel relation
to each other and in which some of the layers or components may or
may not be fastened to each other.
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Subject matter in which at least one component is so gripped
by one or more other component(s), usually all along its length,
that lateral displacement of the one component (usually during subsequent
processing) is prevented or minimized.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter having plural components and means for one
component to move, relative to another component.
(1)
Note. The motion is generally limited to that necessary to
provide flexibility in the material or to prevent breakage due to
installation or temperature change in the material.
(2)
Note. The means must be a physically distinct means, not
merely another component, definable merely in terms of its composition.
for temperature deflectable composite* stock-material* provided
with a component, generally a layer, of temperature-expansive characteristics such
as to prevent separation of the main components.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which is regularly curled, twisted, or flat-wound,
or which contains a twisted or flat-wound component, inside or outside
another component.
(1)
Note. A mere statement that the entire stock-material* is
a "coil" is not sufficient for placement in this
subclass.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 856 for an elongated rigid structure of the sinuous
curve type and subclass 857 for an axially twisted-type elongated
rigid structure.
Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for twisted stock-materials* of indefinite
length, made from filamentary or fibrous material, e.g., metal fibers,
filaments or wires, or stock-materials* made by helically
wrapping a cover about a filamentary or fibrous core.
Metal Deforming,
subclasses 135+ for processes of that class directed to forming
a helical coil or tube, and subclasses 146+ for forming
a spiral coil.
Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, appropriate subclasses, for stock-material* made
by a process of that class, even when the braided material is only
a component of a composite; it should be noted, however, that stock-material* which
is made by a process which goes significantly beyond Class 87, e.g.,
which includes steps for bonding the braided fibers to each other
or to another component, are generally classified in this class
(428).
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 29 for conduits, cables and conductors of the coaxial
or concentric type with spiral spacers, subclass 108 for such materials
having spirally applied conductive armor or sheathing, and subclass
128.1 for a plural-strand conductor.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter including a plurality of layers or components
(a) wherein at least two of said layers or components include substantially
parallel, narrow, elongated elements, such as strips, strands filaments,
corrugations, grain fibers, grain crystals, etc., with such elements of
one layer or component being arranged in defined angular relationship
to those elements of the other, or (b) including discrete elements (e.g.,
tubular constituents) or component which form, or cooperate to form,
cells, including filled cells, having longitudinal axes which are at
an angle to the nonthickness surface of the stock-material.
(1)
Note. Curvilinear or polygonal openings in an otherwise integral
layer of material are not considered elongated elements for this
subclass. See particularly subclasses 596+, below.
(2)
Note. This subclass does not include mere plural layers of
textile material without a specific description of the angular relationship
between the fibers of the different layers or components.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1 through 802.11for a composite building panel having a disparate
edging and subclasses 831-857 for a building component having an
elongated rigid structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which at least one component or layer
has spaced areas, substantially less than the total area of the
involved surface of the layer or component, which are joined to another
layer or component by adhesion or cohesion or by a separate and
distinct mechanical connection member(s) extending over the edges
of, and/or into, a plurality of layers or components.
(1)
Note. This definition is not applicable to merely interengaged
fibrous constituents which are bonded at their points of interengagement.
and 223, for a nonmetallic* composite* web
or sheet in which a plurality of layers or components are joined
to each other by a plurality of spaced mechanical fasteners.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1 through 802.11for a composite panel having a mechanical fastener
holding the facing sheets in assembled relationship and subclasses
848 and 849 for an elongated rigid structure comprising axially aligned
sections with a fastener at the junctions.
Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device,
subclasses 58+ for wall and panel structures, closures and closure adjuncts,
especially subclasses 59+ and 79 for such devices including
a fastening means.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein sheet or web material of uniform
thickness is turned back upon itself through an angle of greater
than 90°, or in which equal, longitudinal margin portions
are bent perpendicular to the plane of the connecting portion.
(1)
Note. The description of a stock-material* merely
as "arcuate" is not enough for placement in this
subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the stock-material* or a component* thereof
has one or more discrete through openings, with the peripheral wall
or walls of each opening defined by either a line or closed loop
passing through the thickness of the material or component in a
undirectional rectilinear path.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 633 and 660+ for fabric or lattice articles,
usually used in the construction trades, especially subclass 670
for expanded metal and subclass 673 for perforated metal.
Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 7+ for differential etching processes, and subclasses
510+ for surface bonding or assembling means with cutting,
punching, piercing, or tearing means.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 75 for electroforming of perforated or foraminous
articles.
This subclass is indented under subclass 596. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet or a component thereof,
has one or more portions which project or protrude from a nonthickness surface
of the component and form at least a part of the periphery of a
through opening therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the material has a variation in thickness
representable by an alphabetical symbol having a crossbar more or
less perpendicular to another stroke of the letter, e.g., E, F,
H, I, K, T, X or Y.
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 311.1+ especially subclass 316 for a structure of that
class having a relief or intaglio surface deformation, subclass
719 for crossed reinforcing rods with a connector, and subclass
729 for a shaft or elongated rigid structure of I-shape cross section.
Metal Deforming, appropriate subclasses for processes and apparatus for
changing the shape or size of metal work mechanically, without removal
of material therefrom.
Railways: Surface Track,
subclasses 57 and 65+ for railroad ties of I-shape cross
section, subclasses 58 and 67 for ties of T-shape cross section
and subclass 130 for T-shaped rails.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter drawn to stock-material* in which
the surface configuration of at least two nonopposite surfaces or
an angle therebetween, is defined.
(1)
Note. Wires, rods and tubes of uniform circular cross section
are specifically excluded from this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the distance between the nonthickness
surfaces of the stock-material* varies or the cross-sectional
shape or area of a rod or wire varies along its length.
(1)
Note. A mere outer fibrous layer is not covered
by this definition.
for a metallic* stock-material* in which
an individual component of a composite may vary in thickness in order
to make up for thickness variation in another component.
Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 7+ and 18+ for etching processes which may
result in an article having a variation in thickness.
This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter in which the thickness variation of the material
is due, at least in part, to the presence at the surface of the
material of a component which does not cover the entire surface
of the material.
(1)
Note. This subclass only provides for the metal preform to
be subsequently used in a printed circuit. If such a preform is
labeled a "printed circuit" in a claim, but only
the preform structure is positively recited, proper classification
is in Class 428.
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 250+ for structured conductors, conduits and cables
in a preformed panel circuit arrangement, and subclasses 126.1+ for
conductor structures peculiar to that class.
This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter devoid of irregularities (projections or
depressions) along its length, and having a plane of symmetry.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the stock-material* or a component
thereof has nonthickness surfaces where are (a) defined other than
by two parallel flat planes and (b) equidistantly spaced at all points
or comprising a strand of uniform diameter having portions laterally
displaced from other portions.
This subclass is indented under subclass 603. Subject matter having elongated nonplanarities which intersect,
or having projections through not all of which a single line can
be drawn.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter of overall indeterminate shape having as
its only continuum, network of flexible, narrow elongated constituents,
usually intertangled or interengaged.
(1)
Note. See the main class definition, section VI, C, 2, a
and VI, C, 2, b for the locus of patents to fibrous materials having
an ordered interengagement of fibers, e.g., metal textiles, etc.
(2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclass 606.
Spring Devices,
subclass 147 for a device of that class comprising compressed
wire mesh, and subclass 148 for a device comprising a fibrous metallic
body.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter consisting of flexible material having a
claimed entire dimension of 6 mils (0.006 inches; 0.01524 cm; 152.4
micron; 152,400 angstroms) or less, or greater gauge than 34. Reference:
Metals Handbook, 8th Edition, Volume 1 (1961), page 18.
(1)
Note. An article or material defined as a metal foil, leaf
or film, without any numerical reference to its thickness is placed
in these subclasses (606+).
(2)
Note. A patent is not placed in this subclass because of
a mere component which meets the definition of the subclass.
(3)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428),
section VI, C, 2, a, for loci of other subject matter relating to filaments.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which includes a layer or component comprising
fibers, strands, etc., mechanically intertangled, interwoven, intertwined
or interlooped, or included between other layers.
(1)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428) for
loci of other subject matter relating to interengaged fibers.
175, 190, 193, 196, 197, 222, and 365, for a nonmetallic* stock-material* in which
a component has interengaged fibers, or in which a fibrous layer
is between other layers.
Fire Extinguishers,
subclass 42 for an article* of that class comprising
a plurality of interengaging elements held in position by a fusible
substance.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising a plurality of layers or material
having an interface between layers which is (1) nonplanar and noncylindrical,
and (2) apparent to the naked eye.
(1)
Note. Both contiguous layers or other components must conform
to the irregularity.
Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device,
subclass 85 for metallic composite walls and panels of that
class, plural parts of which are secured together along a common
interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the composition of the stock-material* varies
gradually from being one composition to being another composition, without
the formation of distinct layers, or wherein such variation takes
place within a single layer of the material, or wherein such a variation
occurs in the density of the material or layer.
(1)
Note. The gradual nature of the composition variation must
be explicit for the patent to be classified herein.
(2)
Note. In regard to a "diffusion" layer
in a metallic composite, see the definition to subclass 615, (6)
Note.
for a collection of patents which concern metallic
stock produced by a method which includes solid state diffusion
of metals to the disappearance of an original layer.
Metal Treatment, appropriate subclasses for processes of treating metal to
modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure)
or chemical properties of metal and which may result in a gradual variation
in composition with or without formation of distinct layers but identified
in terms of the separate compositions. See Class 148,
subclasses 206+ , for processes of carburizing or nitriding metal;
subclasses 240+ for reactively coating of metal; or subclasses
516 for processes of treating layered metal stock or article. If
metal casting, fusion bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement of significant heat treatment as described in section III,
A, of the Class 148 definition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which a shaped stock-material* has
the direction of preformed fibers which have been incorporated into
the article or magnetic coordinated with its shape.
114 and 593, for a composite* having grain,
strips or filamentary material in different layers, or components
in an angular relation, e.g., parallel, etc.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 40+ for metal compositions of defined grain structure
or magnetic properties produced by a process of that class, subclasses
100+ for certain processes of developing, improving, modifying
or preserving magnetic properties in magnetic materials, and subclass
404 for directionally solidified alloys which may have precipitates
in the form of long fibers.
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 129+ for plural strand assemblies of that class, having
noncircular cross sections, and subclasses 133+ for other
noncircular strand sections.
Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloys which are defined
broadly as "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" as well as alloys which are inherently magnetic.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising a plurality of layers of material
having an interface which is greater in area than would be obtained
by the mating of two smooth surfaces.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 640+ for electrolytic erosion of a workpiece to change
its shape or surface configuration and subclasses 687+ for
electrolytic material treatment, in general.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising at least in part, a nonfibrous,
nonparticulate material which contains tiny openings, often microscopic,
through which certain fluids may pass. Generally the pore opening
is of such irregular direction and small dimension that light will
not pass through the porous component without distortion or diffusion.
(1)
Note. An originally porous material, the pores of which have
been filled, is not considered to be porous.
for a nonmetallic* sheet or web with a second
component that is either porous or cellular. See especially subclasses
310+ for foamed or expanded material.
for the product which results when a metal or nonmetal
composition, having an interconnected void structure, is impregnated
with a nonmetal or metal composition, respectively, in a fluent
form.
for stock-material* of or containing consolidated
metal powder, which materials often are porous, especially subclass
550 for such materials specified as having a porous component.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 228+ for consolidated metal powder compositions, which
compositions often are porous.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 601+ for porous articles comprising alkali metal silicate;
subclasses 672+ for porous cement, slag, and plaster compositions;
and subclass 122 for porous organic compositions within the class
(106) definition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which at least one side edge of a layer
or component of a composite sheet or web is laterally offset relative
to a corresponding edge of a second layer or component of the product.
(1)
Note. The mere provision of a coating on a thickness of the
surface, as well as a nonthickness surface of bar stock is not sufficient
to place such stock-material* in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Specifically excluded from this subclass are wires,
rods and tubes of uniform circular cross section, having a core and
one or more outer layers, each outer layer, in a cross section perpendicular
to the long dimension, being a complete, continuous annulus of uniform
thickness.
Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 298 for surface bonding by embedding of a lamina within
the face of an additional lamina.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which comprises at least two different, contiguous* layers
or portions, each having a matrix or continuous phase of free metal.
(1)
Note. Neither a disclosure of, nor a product claim containing
a lamination to a particular process for producing or uniting two
or more metallic layers or portions will exclude an invention from this
subclass; however, see the search notes to Classes 148 and 427,
below.
(2)
Note. This and the indented subclasses provide for wire and
filaments, greater than 6 mils in diameter, or of unspecified diameter,
made by joining two or more different metals. Metal wire coated
with a different metal is also classified in this and the indented
subclasses.
(3)
Note. Included in this and indented subclasses are soldered,
brazed or welded joints, claimed as joints, which are characterized
only by the composition of the metal parts joined and/or
of the filler metal. Where merely a "weld deposit" is claimed,
the claimed subject matter is considered to be merely a composition for
a composition class, e.g., Class 420, subclasses 122.1+.
(4)
Note. The term "base-metal", as used in the
subclass titles indented hereunder, means a content of a particular
metal or group of metals of more than 40 percent.
(5)
Note. The term "alternative", as used in the
subclass titles indented hereunder, means that the base metal of
a component may be either one of the metals or metal groups of the
title, or may be a combination of such metals. Further, the alternativeness
need not be expressed in a single claim or "Markush" group,
but may be based upon different claims; thus, a patent having one
claim to a lead-coated iron composite and another claim to a tin-coated
iron composite is proper for classification in subclass 644 and need
not be cross-referenced elsewhere on the basis of these two claims.
(6)
Note. Where a "diffusion" layer or portion
is claimed, made by interdiffusion during heat treatment of materials
from two adjacent metal layers or portions, the diffusion layer
or portion is ignored in classifying the patent.
(7)
Note. Placing of original and cross-reference patents.
I. It is necessary to provide an original or cross-reference
copy of a patent in this or the subclasses indented hereunder, for,
at most, only each interface of the composite material; thus, a
two-layer composite is provided for completely in the first-appearing
subclass which provides for either layer.Where a three-layer material
is claimed (e.g., two pieces of aluminum alloy soldered together
with a tin-lead solder) and the composition of the central layer
is provided for in the schedule ahead of the subclasses provided
for the composition of either outer layer, placement of the patent
original or cross-reference in the first-appearing subclass (e.g.,
643) will suffice.
II. Where a composite not suitable for placement in subclasses
616+, 620 or 621+ is described in the claims only
on the basis of the functional characteristics of the components,
e.g., "solder", "hard metal",
etc., it is placed as an original in subclass 686 and may be cross-referenced
elsewhere, when desired, on the basis of the disclosed composition
of its components.
III. Where the entire composite is claimed as being deflectable
by a temperature change, it is classified as an original in subclasses
616+ and cross-referenced below only when the subclasses
indented under subclass 616 do not specifically provide for the
interfaces claimed or otherwise of interest.
IV. Where the metal composite, in addition, has a layer or
portion composed of a nonmetal composition, that is, a composition
having a continuous nonmetal phase, it is placed as an original
in subclasses 621+ and cross-referenced below on the basis
of the metal-to-metal interface(s).
V. Where only one component of a composite is claimed in terms
of its composition, or a name which is equivalent to a composition,
e.g., "stainless steel", the patent is placed
as an original in the first-appearing subclass which provides for that
composition and may be cross-referenced elsewhere on the basis of
the disclosed composition of the other components.
(8)
Note. This subclass (615) is the locus for composite* stock-material* in
which one of the components* has an alkali-metal base,
that is, lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium or francium,
or in which only a minor ingredient of a component is identified.
(9)
Note. For guidance purposes only, the Search This Class Subclass
below contains a list of elements, along with an identification
for each nonmetal, and/or the principal subclass locations
which concern locations which concern that element. [The
following elements are not included in this subclass list - Helium (He),
nonmetal; Hydrogen (H), nonmetal; Krypton (Kr), nonmetal; Fluorine (F),
nonmetal; Argon, nonmetal; Astatine (At) nonmetal; Bromine (Br)
nonmetal; Chlorine (Cl), nonmetal; Iodine (I), nonmetal].
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 400+ for single-layer metal stock-material* having
a surface into which another material has been diffused, e.g., "case-hardened",
and subclasses 33+ for essentially homogeneous electrically
semiconductive stock having at least two contiguous layers differing in
the number of unbound electrons (P-N-type materials).
Metal Founding,
subclass 91 for processes of that class directed to formation
of multilayered articles by forming a metal into a preform or casting
two or more metals in contact with one another, and subclass 94
for forming a composite article by sequentially casting molten metal.
Electric Heating,
subclass 85.1 for pressure bonding methods directed to brazing
or soldering, subclasses 104+ for brazing or soldering
by arc, and subclasses 136+ for other welding.
Pipe Joints or Couplings,
subclass 329 for devices of that class wherein the free ends
which constitute the joint interface are of different metals cooperating
to produce a desired result, e.g., corrosion prevention.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 58+ in which an electrical product is formed, especially
subclasses 89+, 103, 118, and 123, subclasses 404+ for
applying superposed diverse coating involving metal coatings and/or
bases, and subclasses 436+ for applying a metal coating
to a metal base by immersion.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter having the property of bending or lengthening
in a circular fashion in response to an increase in temperature.
(1)
Note. A patent is placed in this subclass (616) because of
the ability of a composite to respond, shape-wise, to a temperature
change. Responses to other phenomena, e.g., magnetostrictive properties,
are not, in themselves, relevant to this subclass.
for a collection of nonmetallic* stock-material* designed
to be responsive to temperature, light, moisture, etc. Patents classified
in subclass 616 should not be cross-referenced to subclass 913 on
the basis of temperature-responsive characteristics.
Power Plants,
subclass 529 for thermostatic devices which include, besides
the bimetallic element, significant structure designed for temperature
responsiveness, such as the mounting for an end of the strip or
the shape given the strip to constitute the device.
Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric,
subclasses 200+ for thermocouple (junction-type) stock-material* which
produces an electric current in response to heat.
Electricity: Electrothermally or Thermally Actuated
Switches,
subclasses 333+ for such switches having a bimetallic element,
and the notes thereto for the location of other devices having bimetallic
elements, and subclass 379 for an article* which is a bimetallic
element for such switch.
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which one component of the composite is
copper or an alloy containing more than 40% copper.
(1)
Note. Subject matter classified herein is not cross-referenced
to subclasses 656, 699, 671, or 674.
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which both components of the composite
are of an alloy containing 40 percent or more of iron and 10 or
more of nickel.
(1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 681+.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which one of the components is described
as being an electrical semiconductor, that is, a material with an
electrical conductivity between that of a conductor and an insulator.
(1)
Note. Claimed recitation of electrical conductor means or
electrical components, even nominally, will result in the subject
matter being classified elsewhere, e.g., in Classes 174, 257 or
361, appropriate subclasses.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 33+ for electrically semiconductive stock under the
Class 148 definition which is essentially homogeneous and has at least
two contiguous layers differing in the number of unbound electrons and/or
differing in energy gap levels, which exhibit a junction between
the layers.
Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), appropriate subclasses for such devices, wherein
the solid state material is typically a semiconductor.
Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Processes, particularly
subclasses 570+ for methods of making a Schottky contact to a semiconductor and
subclasses 597+ for methods of making an ohmic contact
to a semiconductor.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter having a nonmetal component, that is, a spatially
distinct continuum which is not a metal, an alloy, or an intermetallic
compound.
(1)
Note. To be classified in this subclass, the article or stock-material* must
be classifiable in this class, subclasses 615+ in the absence
of the nonmetal component, that is, it must have at least two different
contiguous metal layers or portions.
(2)
Note. Nonmetals are the elements designed as such in the
definition of subclass 615, (9) Note, the compounds of these elements.Silicon
is considered to be metal and intermetallic compounds are considered
to be alloys.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 206 through 238for processes of carburizing, nitriding, or both
(e.g., carbonitriding, etc.) of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319
for resulting stock.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 171+ and 316+ for a single metal layer coated
with a nonmetal by a process of that class.
Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 105+ for plural insulated conductive armors or sheaths, subclasses
110+ for insulated devices of that class which may have
an organic component, and subclasses 126.1+ for conductor
structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter in which the organic material is rubber or
a similarly stretchable and reboundable polymer or gum.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 183+ , 188+, 191+, and 198+ for
electrolytic coating combined with another coating method involving
a synthethic resin.
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is a binary
compound of boron, carbon, or nitrogen.
(1)
Note. Stock-material* having a boride, carbide,
or nitride surface layer is placed here unless it is specified that
the treatment with the nonmetal element is insufficient to produce
a continuous phase of the nonmetal.
(2)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428),
section VI, C, 6, for the loci of other subject matter related to coating
and coated products which may contain a boride, carbide, or nitride
component*.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 236+ for a consolidated metal power composition containing
a carbide, and subclass 244 for such composition containing boron
or nitrogen.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 206 through 238provide for processes of carburizing, nitriding,
or both (e.g., carbonitriding, etc.) of solid metal, and subclasses
316-319 for the resulting stock.
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is a compound
of a metal which is adjacent to the nonmetal component.
(1)
Note. This subclass includes, but is not restricted to, so-called "conversion
coatings".
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 171+ , 199+, and 324+ for electrolytic
methods of forming a conversion coating on solid metal, e.g., anodizing,
and for the resulting products.
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is an amorphous
material consisting of silica or a mixture of oxide or a mixed-metal oxide,
e.g., sodium silicate.
(1)
Note. The mere designation of a component as "glass" is
sufficient for classification herein.
(2)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428),
section VI, C, 6, for loci of other coating and coated products.
This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is so thin
as to be like a coating on the metal component material.
(1)
Note. In most patents of this subclass the product is made
by a coating process.
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter in which the oxide is of more than one metal
or consists of two or more oxides.
(1)
Note. A patent claiming a nonmetal component merely as "a
ceramic" is placed here. Where the ceramic is claimed in
terms only of a single oxide constituent, e.g., "a high-alumina ceramic",
the patent is placed in subclass 632, or 629, if appropriate.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 243 for a consolidated metal powder composition containing
elemental carbon.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which the composite has four or more spatially
distinct components, e.g., layers, in which two types of components
appear alternately in the same sequence in a visual scanning of
the composite cross section; for example, a sequence of components
are exemplified by A, B, A, B.
(1)
Note. A "symmetrical" sequence of the type
A, B, C, B, A is not a basis for placement in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter comprising adjacent components having an
identical composition.
(1)
Note. The components, while having identical chemical compositions,
often will have different physical properties because of a difference
in their manufacturing history, e.g., one component may be a substrate,
while the other is a coating.
(2)
Note. Where the claims of a patent are such that adjacent
components may be the same or different in their composition, e.g.,
due to overlapping in the claimed ranges of alloying ingredients, generic
claiming, etc., the patent is placed in this subclass (636) as an
original, and is cross-referenced to the appropriate subclass below.
Where the components are always identical, patents classified herein
are not cross-referenced below, e.g., to subclass 654.
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter in which the identical adjacent components
contain more than 40% of one or more metals from Group
VIII or IB of the periodic table, that is, cobalt, copper, gold,
iridium, iron, nickel, osmium, palladium, platinum, rhodium, ruthenium
and/or silver.
(1)
Note. Where the adjacent components are always identical,
e.g., are not described in terms of overlapping ranges or constituents,
patents classified herein are not cross-referenced to subclass 675.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component of a composite has oxygen,
sulfur, or an organic material dispersed in its metal matrix.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 230 and 951 for consolidated metal powder compositions
having a nonmetal dispersed therein.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component comprises 40 percent
or more of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, gallium, indium or thallium,
or a combination of these metals.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component* having 40
percent or more of tin is adjacent a component* having
40 percent or more of lead, or in which a component* of
the composite* may be either lead-base or tin-base or a
combination of lead and tin which makes up 40 percent or more of
the component, e.g., 30 percent lead and 30 percent tin.
(1)
Note. This is an experimental "Markush"-
type subclass designed to provide, for classification and search purposes,
the kind of convenience and compactness offered by "Markush" claiming
in patents, primarily by reducing the amount of cross-referencing which
is required. So far as patent placement is concerned, a patent placed
in a "Markush" subclass is not cross-referenced
to subclasses which provide for species covered by the generic "Markush" subclass,
although it may be desirable to cross-reference the patent to indented
subclass on the basis of the combination of layers. Thus, a patent placed
in this subclass (643) is not placed also in subclasses 645 or
646, although placement in subclasses 647 and/or 648 may
be desirable for subject matter not covered by subclass 644.
As concerns search purposes, a search for an invention restricted
to a species has its primary search field in the subclass devoted
to the species, while the "Markush" subclass is
a secondary search field; a search of which is mandatory when the
primary field does not provide satisfactory documentation. Conversely,
an invention involving a "Markush" group comprising
two or more members, all of which are provided for in a "Markush" subclass,
has its primary search field in that subclass and subordinate search
fields in the subclasses providing for the species.
(2)
Note. The alternativeness of the species must be according
to the claims, but not be stated in a single claim; that is, a patent
having one claim to a composite with a component having a base of
one species, and a substantially identical claim to a composite
with a component having a base of a second species, both species
being provided for in the same "Markush" subclass,
is classified in the "Markush" subclass.
(3)
Note. The designation of a component* as a "type-metal" or "tin-led
solder" is sufficient for classification in this subclass
(643), however, a designation merely as "solder" is
not. Subclasses 686 and 927-933 have been provided as collection
places for components designated in such merely functional terminology.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 252+ for coating from an aqueous bath with a lead-
or tin-base alloy.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 312 and 313 for treating a lead or tin coating with
a flux, and subclass 423 for immersion-type coating with tin, lead or
zinc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Subject matter in which a lead- or tin-base component is
adjacent a component having 40 percent or more of copper or iron,
or a combination of the two.
(1)
Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced to
subclasses 674 and 681+ on the basis of the Pb-Sn/Cu-Fe interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 646. Subject matter in which the tin-base component is adjacent
a component having 40 percent or more of copper, gold and/or
silver.
(1)
Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced to
subclasses 671, 672, 673, or 674+ on the basis of the Sn/Group
IB-metal interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 646. Subject matter in which the tin-base component is adjacent
a component containing 40 percent of one, or a combination of, cobalt, iron,
nickel, or a platinum metal.
(1)
Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced to
subclasses 670, 678, 680, or 681+ on the basis of the Sn/Group
VIII-metal interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component has 40 percent or more
of barium, beryllium, calcium, magnesium, radium or strontium, or
a combination of two or more of these metals.
(1)
Note. The mere designation of a base component as an "alkaline
earth metal" is sufficient for placement in this subclass.
(2)
Note. The term "light metal" is interpreted
to mean a magnesium-base alloy, an aluminum-base alloy, or an alloy comprising
40 percent or more of these two metals. In not further explained
in the claims, a patent claiming a "light-metal" component
is placed here and in the proper subclass included in 650+.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 139 , 153, 172+, 190, 201+, 213+,
233, 237, and 323+ for electrolytic coating processes in
which either the substrate or an electrolytically coated layer is
predominantly aluminum.
This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter in which the aluminum-base component is adjacent
a component containing 40 percent or more of one or more of the
metals in Groups IVB, VB, or VIB.
(1)
Note. For a listing of metals contained in the above-listed
groups, see the definitions of subclasses 660, 662 and 663.
(2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 660+ on the basis of the Al/refractory-metal
interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter in which the aluminum-base component is adjacent
a component having 40 percent or more of a Group VIII or IB metal.
(1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 688+ on the basis of the Al/Group
VIII-IB interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter in which the aluminum-base component is adjacent
another component having 40 percent or more of aluminum.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter having a component which contains 40 percent
or more of a transition metal or a combination of transition metals.
(1)
Note. The transition elements, as defined in the "Condensed
Chemical Dictionary", 7th Edition, Reinhold Publishing
Company, 1966, page 958, are:
"Elements in which an inner electron shell, rather
than an outer shell, is partially filled. In the periodic table
they include elements 21 through 30 (scandium through zinc), 39
through 48 (yttrium through cadmium), 57 through 80 (lanthanum through
mercury), and 89 through 103 (actinium through lawrencium). They
are all metals and most possess colored ions, variable valency,
have a tendency to form complexes, and have large magnetic moments."
Thus, the transition elements include the metals of the periodic
table groups listed in the subclasses indented hereunder, as well
as those covered in (2) Note below.
(2)
Note. This subclass (655) is the locus for composite materials
having a component which is 40 percent or more of the Group IIIB
metals (Sc, Y, the lanthanides and the actinides) and/or
the Group VIIB metals (Mn, Tc, and Re).
(3)
Note. "Franklinite" is considered to be
a Mn-base alloy.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 245+ for consolidated metal powder compositions in which
the base metal is one or more transition metals.
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which a component of a composite comprises
40 percent or more of a metal which is permitted by the claims to
be selected from more than one of the following diverse categories:
Category A: Group IIB metals Category B: Group IIIB metals Category
C: Refractory (Groups IVB, VB, VIB metals) Category D: Group VIIB
metals Category E: Group VIII or IB metals.
(1)
Note. Where the selection of the base transition metal is
restricted to one of the above categories, the patent is not placed here.
(2)
Note. Where the composite has a component made of at least
three metals, none of which is present as more than 40 percent by
weight of the component, and no combination of metals provided for
in a single category above is present as more than 40 percent by
weight, but in which the total of transition metals is 40 percent
or more, by weight, it is classified in this subclass (656).
(3)
Note. This subclass follows the classification and search
rules for "Markush"- type subclasses set forth
in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
(4)
Note. When a patent is proper for classification in this
subclass, such classification provides fully for all interfaces between
transition-metal-base components; however, it may be desirable, when
a particular metal, alloy, or combination of components, specifically
provided for in a subclass below, is emphasized, to place a copy
of the patent in such subclass. Exemplary of such emphasis is the
restriction of a nonalternative component to a specific alloy or grain
structure, a claim to only one preferred species of the alternative
component, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which a component of the composite comprises
40 percent or more of the Group IIB metal(s).
(1)
Note. This subclass (657) is the locus for composites having
a cadmium-base or mercury-base component.
This subclass is indented under subclass 657. Subject matter in which the composite has a component which
is 40 percent or more of zinc.
(1)
Note. Although brass is sometimes defined as containing up
to 40 percent zinc, a component described merely as "brass",
without a recitation that it contains 40 percent or more zinc, is
not suitable for classification is subclasses 658+.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 305+ for coating electrically with zinc from an aqueous
bath.
Coating Processes,
subclass 406 for methods of applying superposed diverse coatings
or coating a coated substrate involving a zinc coating on a metal
substrate, and subclass 433 for a method of applying a molten zinc coating
by immersion.
This subclass is indented under subclass 658. Subject matter in which the zinc-base component is adjacent
to a component having 40 percent or more of iron.
(1)
Note. The mere designation of a composite as "galvanized" is
sufficient for placement in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 681 or 933 on the basis of the Zn/Fe interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which the composite has a component which
is 40 percent or more of one or more metals from Groups IVB, VB
or VIB of the periodic table.
(1)
Note. This subclass (660) is the locus for components having
a base of one or more Group IVB metals (titanium, hafnium or zirconium).
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter in which a component having 40 percent or
more of Group IVB metal(s), or Group VB metal(s) or Group VIB metal(s)
is adjacent a component having 40 percent or more metal from another
of these groups, or in which the claims permit a component base
to be selected from metals belonging to more than one of these groups.
(1)
Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 660, 662 or 663.
(2)
Note. The mere designation of a component base as a "refractory
metal" is sufficient for placement in this subclass (661).
(3)
Note. This subclass follows the classification and search
rules for "Markush"- type subclasses set out in
the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter in which a composite has a component comprising
40 percent or more of one or more of vanadium, niobium (columbium),
or tantalum.
(1)
Note. Niobium stannite is a niobium-base alloy.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 245 for a consolidated metal powder composition which
may be Mo-based.
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter in which a component having 40 percent or
more of chromium, molybdenum or tungsten is adjacent a component
having 40 percent or more of another of these metals, or in which
the claims permit a component base to be selected from two or more
of these metals, or a combination of any two or three of them.
(1)
Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 663, 665 or 666.
(2)
Note. This subclass follows the classification and search
rules for "Markush"-type subclasses set out in
the definition of subclass 643. (1) Note and (2) Note.
Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclass 428 for a chromium base alloy, subclasses 430+ for
a tungsten base alloy and subclass 429 for a molybdenum base alloy.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 248 for a consolidated metal powder composition in which
the base metal is tungsten.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 264+ for processes of reactively coating a metal substrate
wherein a chromium containing liquid external agent combines with
a component of the metal substrate to form a coating thereon containing
a component of the metal substrate.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 178+ for methods of electrolytically coating multiple
layers, at least one of which is chromium, from an aqueous bath,
and subclasses 283+ for coating a single Cr layer from
such a bath.
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter in which the chromium-base component is adjacent
a component having 40 percent or more of cobalt, iron or nickel,
or a combination of two or more of these metals.
(1)
Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 678, 680, or 681+ on the basis of the
Cr/Co-Fe-Ni interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component of a composite comprises
40 percent or more of a metal which may be either a Group IB metal
or a platinum-group metal.
(1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 670 for the scope of "platinum-group
metal".
(2)
Note. Where the selection of the base metal is restricted
to a metal within a Group IB or within the platinum group, the patent
is not placed here.
(3)
Note. Where a composite has a component made of at least
three metals, none of which is present as 40 percent or more, but
in which a combination which necessarily includes a Group IB metal and
a platinum group metal does total 40 percent or more, the patent
is classified here.
(4)
Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced to
subclasses 670+, 672, 673, or 674.
(5)
Note. The designation of the base metal as merely a "precious
metal" or a "noble metal" in any claim
is sufficient for classification here, despite (2) Note and (3) Note.
(6)
Note. The classification and search rules for this subclass
are the same as the "Markush"-type subclass rules
set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter having a component comprising 40 percent
or more of one or more metals from Group VIII, periods 5 or 6 of
the periodic table, that is, platinum, iridium, osmium, palladium, rhodium,
and/or ruthenium.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 264 for a process directed to electrolytically coating
a substrate with platinum from an aqueous bath.
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component may contain 40 percent
or more of copper, or, alternatively to the copper, 40 or more
of gold, nickel, or silver.
(1)
Note. Copper must be one of the alternative metals for placement
in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Where the component contains some, but less that 40
percent copper, less than 40 percent total gold and silver, and
less than 40 percent nickel, but where the total of these four metals
is 40 percent or more, the patent is classified here.
(3)
Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced to
subclasses 672, 673, 674, or 680.
(4)
Note. The classification and search rules for this subclass
are the same as the "markush"-type subclass rules
set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 247+ for methods of electrolytically coating a substrate
with a gold-base alloy from an aqueous bath, and subclasses 266+ for
coating with gold, per se, from such a bath.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 71 for processes of making mirrors and reflectors
by electro-forming, and subclass 116 for the production of mirrors
and reflectors by electrodeposition of metallic silver upon a substrate
of specific form or configuration.
Metal Treatment, appropriate subclasses for processes of treating solid or
semi-solid metal to modify or maintain the internal physical structure
(i.e., microstructure) or chemical properties of metal. If metal
casting, fusion bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement of significant heat treatment as described in section
III, A, of the Class 148 definition. Class 148,
subclasses 240+ , for processes of reactively coating a metal substrate wherein
an external agent combines with a component of the metal substrate
to form a coating thereon containing a component of the metal substrate.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 239+ for coating a substrate with an alloy of copper
from an aqueous bath, and subclasses 291+ for such a coating
process with copper, per se.
This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter in which the copper-base component is adjacent
a component which contains 40 percent or more of cobalt, copper,
or nickel.
(1)
Note. Where the adjacent component contains less than 40
percent cobalt or copper, but the combination of these two metals
is 40 percent or more, the patent is classified in this subclass
(675); where this same situation exists with regard to the combination
of copper with nickel, see subclass 671.
(2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 678, or 680 on the basis of the Cu/Co-Ni interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter in which the copper-base component is adjacent
a component containing 40 percent or more of iron.
(1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 678 or 681 on the basis of the Cu-Fe interface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which the claims permit a component base
to be selected from more than one of iron, nickel or cobalt, or
in which neither of these three metals is present as 40 percent
or more of the component, but a combination of any two or the three
of them is.
(1)
Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced to
subclasses 668, 680, or 681.
(2)
Note. A component base designated merely as "an
iron-group metal" is classified herein.
(3)
Note. The rules for classification and search of this subclass
are the same as those set for "Markush"-type subclasses in
the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 255+ for processes of electrolytically coating a substrate
with a Group VIII metal-base alloy from an aqueous bath, and subclasses
269, 270 and 271+ for the same type process directed to
a single metal selected from the iron group.
Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 8+ for an iron base alloy, subclasses 435+ for
a cobalt base alloy, subclasses 580+ for alloys in which
no single metal exceeds 50 percent of the composition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component having 40 percent or
more of cobalt, iron, or nickel is adjacent a component having 40
percent or more of iron.
(1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 681m or 684+ on the basis of the Co-Ni/Fe
interface.
Metal Treatment,
subclass 675 for processes of treating solid or semi-solid metal
to modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure)
or chemical properties of nickel. If metal casting, fusion bonding,
machining, or working is involved, there is a requirement for significant
heat treatment as described in section III, A, of the Class 148
definition.
Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 271+ for electrolytically coating a substrate with nickel
from an aqueous bath.
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component has 40 percent or more
of iron.
(1)
Note. A component designated merely as a "ferrous
base metal" is classified in this subclass (681).
(2)
Note. To complete a search for a Fe-base component, subclasses
656 and 678 must be searched, as well as the appropriate subclasses
selected from subclasses 619, 644, 648, 653, 659, 667, 676+,
and 679+.
(3)
Note. The patents classified in this subclass (681) and subclasses
684 and 685 as originals are those claiming composite materials,
wherein a component is defined as a Fe-base component and adjacent
components are metals of unspecified composition.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 206 through 238for processes of carburizing, nitriding, or both
(i.e., carbonitriding, etc.) of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319
for the resulting stock.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 543 through 545and 612-618 for processes of treating solid iron
based alloys containing greater than 1.7 per cent carbon to modify
or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure)
or chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion bonding,
machining, or working is involved, there is a requirement of significant
heat treatment as described in the Class 148 definition.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 433+ for producing Iron(Fe) or treating molten metal
that contains over 50 per cent by weight Iron.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 542 , 592, 597, and 605-611 for processes of treating
solid iron based alloys containing greater than 9 percent chromium
to modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure)
or chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion bonding,
machining, or working is involved, there is a requirement of significant
heat treatment as described in section III, A, of the Class 148
definition.
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which adjacent components of a composite
are claimed, not in terms of their composition, but in terms of
the properties of the components, their past histories, etc., e.g., "a
solid layer", etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein an exposed surface of the material
has a particular claimed physical configuration or structure.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 231 for consolidated metal powder compositions containing
a functionally defined component, e.g., an abrasive.
Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclass 32.5 for a composition of that class having an erasable
surface, and subclass 36 for a composition having a friction or
tractive surface.
This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Subject matter in which at least one layer comprises a compound
of a metal.
(1)
Note. The following elements are defined as nonmetals in
Class 423: the inert gases, boron, the halogens, hydrogen, nitrogen,
carbon, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium;
all other elements are considered to be metals.
Subject matter under subject 689 in which a layer or component
thereof exhibits natural or artificially induced fluorescence, phosphorescence
or, luminescence metallic.
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter in which the product contains fluorine, chlorine,
bromine, or iodine in free or combined from.
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter in which a layer or component thereof
has disclosed properties which include magnetic susceptibility.
This subclass is indented under subclass 692.1. Subject matter wherein the magnetic component is in a
metal compound-containing layer next to another metal compound-containing layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter om which a single metal-compound-containing
layer comprises two or more different metal compounds or two or
more metals within a single compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 699. Subject matter in which at least one metal-compound-containing
layer is claimed as comprising a single crystal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 699. Subject matter in which at least one layer contains a metal
compound having oxygen in any form, e.g., oxide, sulfate, carbonate,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Of B, N, P, S, or metal-containing material: Subject matter
wherein the composite contains boron, phosphorus, or sulfur in free
or combined organic form, an organic nitrogen compound or an organic
metal compound.
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Stock material comprising a laminate of one or more layers
deposited on a substrate, which laminate has a disclosed utility
in a dynamic magnetic recording, magnetic reproducing, or magnetic
storage apparatus or in a component thereof that consists of a layer
of magnetizable material deposited on a substrate intended for information
storage.
(1)
Note. This subclass does not provide for magnetic recording
media having an information-bearing track.
(2)
Note. Subclasses 544-691 have not been exhaustively screened
for patents which meet the definition of subclasses 800-848.9;
a search of these subclasses, in particular subclass 611, may thus
be appropriate to ensure a complete search.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for storage elements that include
discrete magnetic areas, inserts, spots, etc.
Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for processes and apparatus for
the storage or retrieval of arbitrarily variable information which
is retained in a storage medium by variation of a physical characteristic,
where the information is stored or retrieved by causing or sensing
a variation of physical characteristic of the storage medium by
a transducer having relative motion along a continuous path; and
subclasses 272.1 through 291.1for information-bearing storage medium with structure
having an information-bearing track.
This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter in which the laminate of one or more layers
has a disclosed utility as a component in a magnetic head or transducer
(i.e., layer or laminate intended to sense stored magnetic information
or to magnetically record information on a media) and which has
a specified chemical composition, microstructure, or a property
resulting from or influenced by microstructure of a layer or layers.
(1)
Note. The term "microstructure" is intended
to mean atomic, magnetic, crystalline, molecular, or dimensional characteristics
of less than 100 microns.
(2)
Note. A magnetic head or transducer is a device especially
adapted to generate an electrical signal in response to a recorded
magnetic bit on a media (e.g., a tape or disc) in relative motion
to the device or to record a bit of information by magnetization
in response to an electrical signal.
Metal Working,
subclass 603.1 for a device which either (1) exhibits magnetic
attraction when electrical current is applied, or (2) changes the
magnitude or phase of an alternating current by inductive coupling,
or (3) impedes a change of current flow by induced magnetism.
Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloy stock or strands
which are claimed broadly as "magnetic", or "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" or are defined only in terms of their composition
but are inherently magnetic, and for metallic stock or strands composed
of a single metal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has material whose
resistance varies in accordance with a magnetic field.
Static Information Storage and Retrieval,
subclass 8 for magnetic bubbles which use magnetoresistive devices,
and subclass 158 for static storage systems which use magnetoresistive-type
storage elements.
Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 113 through 115for magnetoresistive heads with or without specified
chemical composition, microstructure, or property.
This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate has at least one
tunnel junction effect.
(1)
Note. Ferromagnetic magneto-resistive tunnel junction effect
occurs when a current is applied in direction of the laminate between
ferromagnetic layers sandwiching a nonmetal tunnel barrier layer;
a tunnel current flowing in the tunnel barrier layer then changes,
depending on the relative angle of magnetization between ferromagnetic
layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate comprises two or
more layers, at least one of which exhibits magneto resistance.
This subclass is indented under subclass 811.2. Subject matter in which the multilayered laminate has
repeated occurrence of a sequence of layers forming a single sensor.
(1)
Note. Each sequence of layers whose sequence periodically
repeats is termed a "period". The magnetoresistive
response is dependent on the quantity of periods.
This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate has a particular
structure specified such as a micro or macro physical topographic
feature.
(1)
Note. Sequence of the layers is not provided for in this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has a chemical composition
specified for one or more of the magnetic layers.
(1)
Note. The term "specified" means that a substance
is identified by its chemical name or by its class of chemical compound
structure (i.e., greater specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic compound" is
required).
Special Receptacle or Package,
subclasses 307 through 387.15for a container for removably containing an article
which includes machine readable information registered thereon.
Compositions,
subclasses 62.51 through 62.64for compositions specialized and designed for use
as magnetic materials, substances peculiar to such compositions,
or processes of making compositions or substances.
Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloys or strands recited
broadly as "magnetic", or "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" or defined only in terms of their inherently magnetic
composition, and for metallic stock or strands composed of a single
metal.
This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has the chemical
composition of the substrate identified.
(1)
Note. The expression "chemical composition of the
substrate identified" means that a substance is identified
by its chemical name or by its class of chemical compound (i.e.,
greater specificity than "glass" or "inorganic
compound" is required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has a layer or coating
disclosed to resist physical or chemical deterioration or damage.
This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate microstructure or
macrostructure has been specified.
(1)
Note. The term "specified" means that a substance
is identified by its structure name or by its class of structure
(i.e., greater specificity than "microstructure" or "macrostructure" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 815. Subject matter in which the surface of the laminate head
has a structure to allow for sliding contact with a magnetic recording
media surface.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 234.3 through 237.1for a floating slider in a fluid-bearing head support
and subclass 246.2 for a full contact slider.
This subclass is indented under subclass 815. Subject matter in which a chemical or microstructural
feature includes a head pole component for reading information stored
in the media by sensing transitions of magnetic domains.
This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate includes a component
in between layers (e.g., specified for adhesion or cohesion between
adjacent layers).
This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter for a magnetic recording medium where
the magnetic flux intensity from a recorded bit is determined by
directing a beam of polarized light at the record surface and detecting
the rotation angle of polarization caused by the flux.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 114.1 for a magnetic record carrier, an element which
consists of magnetizable material or comprised of a coating or impregnation
of magnetizable material which includes discrete magnetic areas,
inserts, spots, etc., each intended for the storage of single bits of
information.
Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 13.35 through 13.55for storage media in combination with a light beam
without specified composition or physical chemistry and subclass
272.1 for information-bearing storage medium with structure having
an information-bearing track.
This subclass is indented under subclass 817. Subject matter in which the laminate medium contains
two or more magnetic layers, at least one of which is intended for
magneto-optic recording.
This subclass is indented under subclass 819. Subject matter in which the medium includes at least
one nonmagnetic layer, positioned between adjacent magnetic layers
(e.g., antiferromagnetic, paramagnetic, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 818. Subject matter in which the medium has only two magnetic
layers present, at least one of which is magneto-optic responsive.
This subclass is indented under subclass 820. Subject matter in which the medium has two magnetic layers
separated by a nonmagnetic layer (e.g., antiferromagnetic, paramagnetic, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 820.2. Subject matter in which the medium has magnetic layers
with magnetization aligned in the same magnetic plane.
This subclass is indented under subclass 820.2. Subject matter in which the medium has a chemical composition
of at least one magnetic layer specified.
(1)
Note. The term "specified" means that a substance
is identified by its chemical name or by its class of chemical compound
(i.e., greater specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound" is required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 820.2. Subject matter in which one or more of the magnetic layers
has properties (physical or chemical) related to performance identified.
(1)
Note. The term "identified" means that a substance
is identified by its property explicitly set forth in definite parameter terms.
This subclass is indented under subclass 821. Subject matter in which the single magneto-optic magnetic
layer contains an elemental or an alloyed transition metal.
(1)
Note. In the periodic table, transition metals include elements
21 through 30 (scandium through zinc), 39 through 48 (yttrium through
cadmium), 57 through 80 (lanthanum through mercury), and 89 through
103 (actinium through lawrencium).
This subclass is indented under subclass 822. Subject matter in which the medium contains one or more
of Fe, Co, or Ni, in addition to one or more rare-earth element
(i.e., an element of the group scandium (Sc), yttrium (Y), or lanthanum
series) (i.e., elements of atomic numbers 57-71) element.
This subclass is indented under subclass 822.3. Subject matter in which the medium contains one or more
elements in addition to the rare-earth or lanthanum series element,
with iron or cobalt or nickel that is other than a rare-earth or lanthanum
series element or iron or cobalt or nickel.
This subclass is indented under subclass 822.3. Subject matter in which the medium contains more than
one phase wherein the rare-earth element is in a separate phase
from the iron or cobalt or nickel containing phase.
This subclass is indented under subclass 823.1. Subject matter in which the metal reflective layer is
an elemental metal or alloy of more than 40% Al (aluminum),
Ag (silver), Au (gold), or Cu (copper), or a combination of two or
more of these metals.
This subclass is indented under subclass 821. Subject matter in which the medium has a layer on its
outermost surface (e.g., carbon or organic compound).
This subclass is indented under subclass 825. Subject matter in which the topcoat is a lubricant (i.e.,
a substance for reducing friction (e.g., perfluoropolyether, etc.)).
This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter in which the media or magnetizable material
is a continuous layer free of polymeric binder having a thickness
of approximately 1 angstrom to 100 micrometers.
Compositions,
subclasses 62.51 through 62.64for compositions specialized and designed for use
as magnetic materials, substances peculiar to such compositions,
or processes of making the compositions or substances.
Static Information Storage and Retrieval,
subclasses 86 and 87 for static memory systems, apparatus, or processes
using thin film magnetic shift register where information is transferred
(shifted) from one magnetic element to another along an array where
the magnetic element is thin film material; and subclass 171 for
a nonshifting system where the magnetic element is thin film media.
Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloy stock or strands
which are claimed broadly as "magnetic", or "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" or are defined only in terms of their composition
but are inherently magnetic, and for metallic stock or strands composed
of a single metal.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for magnetic recording media that
consists of a layer of magnetizable material deposited on a substrate that
is intended for the storage of more than a single bit of information.
This subclass is indented under subclass 827. Subject matter in which there is at least one intervening
nonmagnetic or antiferromagnetic layer between magnetic layers.
This subclass is indented under subclass 828. Subject matter in which the medium has at least three
magnetic layers on a single side of the substrate, with at least
one intervening nonmagnetic or antiferromagnetic layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 827. Subject matter having a plurality of magnetic layers
having the same chemical constituents but differing in crystal lattice
or molecular arrangement.
This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium has a single magnetic
layer and at least two nonmagnetic layers between substrate and
the magnetic layer.
(1)
Note. "Underlayer" encompasses a layer designated
by position (e.g., precoat layer, prelayer, base layer, sublayer, ground
layer) or designated by function such as nucleation layer, seed
layer, barrier layer, corrosion prevention layer, diffusion prevention
layer, or texture layer.
(2)
Note. This subclass includes chemically modified substrate
surface (e.g., oxidized, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium has a single magnetic
layer and a single layer between substrate and the magnetic layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 832. Subject matter in which the medium single magnetic layer
is cobalt or cobalt-base alloy containing 40% or more cobalt.
This subclass is indented under subclass 832.1. Subject matter in which the medium single underlayer
consists of chromium or chromium-base alloy containing 40% or
more chromium.
This subclass is indented under subclass 832. Subject matter in which the medium single underlayer
consists of nickel or nickel-base alloy containing 40% or
more nickel.
This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium includes a single
magnetic layer and two or more layers on its upmost side.
(1)
Note. The outer surface side is the side facing away from
the substrate and adjacent to the magnetic layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 833.1. Subject matter in which at least one of the inorganic
overcoat layers is made of carbon (e.g., graphite, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 833.2. Subject matter in which the overcoat layer includes a
lubricant (i.e., a substance for reducing friction or wear) directly
on the carbon layer.
(1)
Note. Included in this subclass are lubricants which are chemically
or physically bonded to the carbon layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 833.3. Subject matter in which the medium has at least two distinct
layers of lubricant over the carbon layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 835. Subject matter in which the single elemental carbon overcoat
layer of the medium has been formed by plasma deposition.
Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclass 192.38 for vacuum arc discharge coating utilizing processes
for the deposition of a coating onto a substrate within a vacuum environment
by the action of an arc discharge between an anode and a cathode
wherein the source material is the cathode, per se, or the source material
is on the cathode.
Electric Heating, particularly
subclass 73.11 , 73.21, and 76.1-77 for coating operations that
involve a buildup of metal coating on a metal work piece and wherein
an arc between an electrode and the work is utilized.
This subclass is indented under subclass 835. Subject matter in which the single elemental carbon overcoat
layer has a specified texture or a particular external surface quality.
This subclass is indented under subclass 834. Subject matter in which the single overcoat layer of
the medium is comprised of an organic compound.
(1)
Note. When the expression "organic compound" is
used in this class, it means a compound characterized by two carbons
bonded together, one atom of carbon bonded to at least one atom
of hydrogen or halogen, or one atom of carbon bonded to at least
one atom of nitrogen by a single or double bond.
This subclass is indented under subclass 836. Subject matter in which the magnetic layer includes magnetic
metal oxide or a magnetic layer with uncombined oxygen present within the
magnetic elemental metal or the alloy lattice structure.
This subclass is indented under subclass 836. Subject matter in which the magnetic layer includes an
inorganic compound of Si, N, P, B, H, or C within the layer (e.g.,
CoPtCrB, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium has a nonmagnetic
layer on the substrate side opposite the magnetic layer.
(1)
Note. The backcoat layer is the layer directly contacting
the substrate on the side opposite the side having a magnetic layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter wherein the magnetizable material of the
recording medium dispersed in a binder (i.e., magnetic particulate
dispersed in binder).
(1)
Note. A binder is secondary material which is usually an organic
polymer holding a layer having magnetic particulate material together.
Compositions,
subclasses 62.51 through 62.64for compositions specialized and designed for use
as magnetic materials, substances peculiar to such compositions,
or processes of making compositions or substances.
This subclass is indented under subclass 839. Subject matter in which the medium has plurality of magnetic
layers on a single side of the substrate (i.e., two or more magnetic
layers).
(1)
Note. These magnetic layers are all present on the same side
of the substrate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which the magnetic composition in one
or more of the layers has been chemically identified.
(1)
Note. The expression "chemically identified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater specificity than generic "ferrite" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which the medium includes a chemically
identified binder in the magnetic layers.
(1)
Note. The expression "specific binder" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater specificity than "polymeric" or "inorganic compound" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which the medium includes a chemically
identified additional component to enhance binder effectiveness.
(1)
Note. The term "identified" means that a substance
is identified by its chemical name or by its class of chemical compound
(i.e., greater specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound" is required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which a characteristic of the medium
(e.g., density, glass transition temperature, Vickers hardness,
Young’s modulus of the magnetic layers, etc.) is identified.
This subclass is indented under subclass 838. Subject matter in which the medium has a single magnetic
layer and one or more nonmagnetic layers in contact with the substrate
and between the substrate and the magnetic layer.
(1)
Note. Included in this subclass are transfer tapes with a
removable single magnetic layer.
for a nonmagnetic product web or sheet having a
layer of adhesive as an outermost coating and a release or antistick
coating associated therewith on the side of the base opposite to
the adhesive layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 840. Subject matter in which the medium has the chemical composition
or arrangement of atoms of molecules of one or more of the underlayers specified.
(1)
Note. The term "specified" means that a substance
is identified with greater specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound".
This subclass is indented under subclass 840.1. Subject matter in which the medium underlayer contains
a material identified as a lubricant (i.e., a substance for reducing
friction or wear).
(1)
Note. Included in this subclass are migrating lubricants,
which are intended to move around within the medium, as well as
single-layer lubricants.
This subclass is indented under subclass 840.1. Subject matter in which the medium underlayer contains
a chemically identified binder.
(1)
Note. The expression "chemically identified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater specificity than "polymeric" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 840. Subject matter in which the composition of the single
magnetic layer in the medium is specified by physical chemistry
or chemical compound (e.g., by lattice structure, etc.).
(1)
Note. The term "specified" means that a substance
is identified by its chemical name or by its class of chemical compound
(i.e., greater specificity than "ferromagnetic" or "inorganic
compound" is required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 838. Subject matter in which the medium has an overcoat layer
on the magnetic layer bearing side of the substrate (i.e., the head
contact surface).
for a nonmagnetic product web or sheet having a
layer of adhesive as an outermost coating and a release or antistick
coating associated therewith on the side of the base opposite to
the adhesive layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 841. Subject matter in which the overcoat layer chemical composition
is specified chemically or physically (e.g., by lattice structure,
etc.).
(1)
Note. The expression "chemical composition is specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound" is required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 841.2. Subject matter in which the overcoat layer has a lubricant
(i.e., a substance to reduce friction or wear).
This subclass is indented under subclass 842. Subject matter in which the single magnetic layer contains
magnetic particles specified.
(1)
Note. The expression "chemically specified" means
that a substance is identified by chemical name or by chemical compound
structure (i.e., greater specificity than "ferromagnetic" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 842.1. Subject matter in which the magnetic particles in the
magnetic layer have been coated or encapsulated with an organic
compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 842.1. Subject matter in which the magnetic particles in the
layer are composed of a ferromagnetic metal or alloy.
This subclass is indented under subclass 842.3. Subject matter in which the magnetic particles in the
magnetic layer are coated or encapsulated with an element or an
inorganic compound (e.g., Co or Co oxide coated Fe particles, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 842.1. Subject matter in which magnetic particles in the magnetic
layer are metal oxide, metal nitride, or metal carbide compound
particles.
This subclass is indented under subclass 842.5. Subject matter in which magnetic particles in the magnetic
layer are coated with an element or inorganic compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 842.5. Subject matter in which the magnetic particles contained
in the magnetic layer are metallic nitride or carbide compound particles.
This subclass is indented under subclass 842. Subject matter in which the medium also has an organic
compound adjuvant in the magnetic layer to modify or enhance a property.
(1)
Note. This subclass does not include a binder.
This subclass is indented under subclass 843. Subject matter in which the organic compound adjuvant
delays or retards a chemical change in one or more layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 843. Subject matter in which the organic compound adjuvant
is a lubricant (i.e., a substance for reducing friction or wear).
This subclass is indented under subclass 843.3. Subject matter in which the lubricant is an ester (i.e.,
a compound formed from reacting an organic acid and an alcohol).
This subclass is indented under subclass 844.1. Subject matter in which the magnetic layer contains nonmagnetic
particles whose surfaces have been altered.
This subclass is indented under subclass 842. Subject matter in which the magnetic layer medium has
an identified polymeric binder having a specified physical or chemical
structure.
(1)
Note. The expression "chemically specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater specificity than "polymeric" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 844.5. Subject matter in which the binder is one that has been
cured by radiation.
(1)
Note. This subclass provides for radiation cross-linked binders.
Radiation cross-linking may cause chain scission and differences
in the magnetic layer from other induced cross linking.
This subclass is indented under subclass 844.5. Subject matter wherein two or more different binders
have been chemically identified as present in the magnetic layer.
(1)
Note. More than a single binder must be identified as to its
specific structure; nominal recitation of a second binder, or relationship
with a second binder, is not proper for this subclass.
This subclass is indented under subclass 844.7. Subject matter wherein the plural binders in the magnetic
layer are a specific polyurethane compound binder and a specific
vinyl chloride compound binder.
This subclass is indented under subclass 844.5. Subject matter wherein the single binder present in the
magnetic layer is specific polyurethane compound.
This subclass is indented under subclass 844.5. Subject matter wherein the single binder in the magnetic
layer is a specific structure polyvinyl chloride.
This subclass is indented under subclass 838. Subject matter in which the medium has a nonmagnetic
layer opposite the magnetic recording layer side of the substrate.
(1)
Note. This subclass provides for a medium having a nonmagnetic
substrate coating opposite the magnetic layer side of the substrate.
This subclass is indented under subclass 845.2. Subject matter in which the backcoat layer has carbon
black particles and other nonmagnetic particles in the binder.
This subclass is indented under subclass 845. Subject matter in which the nonmagnetic backcoat layer
contains an additive component in addition to particles and binders
(e.g., a substance that reduces friction, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 845.5. Subject matter in which the medium backcoat layer provides
for servo tracking information, including closed-loop control of
the alignment between track and information processing means, on
the backcoat layer.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 77.01 through 77.17for track centering aligning a transducer head
with the midpoint of a continuous information containing path.
This subclass is indented under subclass 845. Subject matter in which the binder of the backcoat layer
has been specified chemically.
(1)
Note. The expression "chemically specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater specificity than "polymeric" is
required).
This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter in which a layer or laminate provides
physical integrity to a magnetic recording media by acting as base
or support for a magnetic recording layer.
(1)
Note. This subclass provides for media details substrate set
forth with chemical or structural specificity.
This subclass is indented under subclass 846.1. Subject matter in which the substrate has two or more
contiguous layers or portions of distinct components (e.g., glass
containing metallic particles, etc.).
(1)
Note. Included in this subclass are an inorganic structural
element and an organic compound as metallic particles and resin,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 846.2. Subject matter in which an aluminum or aluminum-base
alloy substrate has an oxide coating or has been anodized or otherwise
oxidized.
(1)
Note. Included in this subclass are substrates with filled
pores that comprise anodized or oxidized aluminum or aluminum-based
alloy.
This subclass is indented under subclass 846.6. Subject matter in which the substrate is composed of
elemental aluminum or an aluminum-base alloy (i.e., an alloy containing
40% or more aluminum).
This subclass is indented under subclass 846.6. Subject matter in which the substrate is composed of
elemental titanium or a titanium base alloy (i.e., an alloy containing
40% or more titanium).
This subclass is indented under subclass 846. Subject matter in which the substrate is composed of
solid polymer compound or polymeric composition (e.g., polyurethane,
melamine resin, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 847. Subject matter in which the substrate is other than an
ester and composed of plural layers (i.e., laminate or distinct
nonparticulate components contained in a single layer).
(1)
Note. A coating on an organic substrate directed to the improvement
of the properties of the substrate and not affecting the crystalline
anisotropy of a subsequently deposited layer (e.g., a coating solely
for adhesive, texture, etc.) is provided for in this subclass.
(2)
Note. Included in this subclass are substrate leader and trailer
tapes.
This subclass is indented under subclass 847. Subject matter in which the polymer substrate includes
an ester group thereon such as carboxylic acid ester.
This subclass is indented under subclass 847.2. Subject matter in which the polyester polymer substrate
is composed of two or more layers, at least one of which is the
polyester layer.
This subclass is indented under subclass 847.2. Subject matter in which the single polyester polymer
layer contains particles (e.g., aluminum carbonate particles, calcium
carbonate particles, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 847.6. Subject matter in which the single polyester polymer
layer, which contains particles, has a definite surface feature
or roughness.
This subclass is indented under subclass 847. Subject matter in which the substrate layer contains
an organic ring structure such as benzyl groups, 1,4-dihydroxydimethylbenzene,
etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the circular shape substrate
has areas or regions distinguished from adjacent parts by a distinctive
feature or characteristic (e.g., landing zone or contact stop/start
(CSS) zone, data zone, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk substrate has a specified
surface finish, irregularity, or amount of surface unevenness (e.g.,
Ra, Rz, etc.).
This subclass is indented under subclass 848.2. Subject matter for a disk substrate where the texture
projections or "bumps" are arranged in an orderly
fashion relative to a surface (e.g., by laser irradiation or photolithography).
(1)
Note. A uniform texture is also known in the art as a "regular" texture.
This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk substrate has depressions
or grooves (e.g., pits which may be used for address information).
This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk substrate has edge of
particular profile or coating at the outer extremity of the disk.
Special Receptacle or Package,
subclasses 307 through 387.15for a container for removably containing an article
which includes machine readable information registered thereon.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 133 for specific structure of a record carrier in the form
of a disk distinguished by the container in which it is housed.
This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk has a property that
is the product of a specific method of production such as a specified
shaping method (e.g., injection molding, photolithography, sintering,
etc.).
(1)
Note. Mere recitation of a product produced by a method is
not sufficient to place a patent in this subclass. The product of
a specific method with parameters must be recited as a description
of the disk.
This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk substrate has identified
utility as a magneto-optic disk substrate.
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
The following subclasses are collections of published disclosures
pertaining to various specified aspects of the stock material art
which aspects do not form appropriate bases for subclasses in the
foregoing classification (i.e., subclasses superior hereto in the
schedule), wherein original copies of patents are placed on the
basis of the structure or chemical composition of a layer* or
layers*. These subclasses assist a search based on remote
function or physical characteristic of the stock material and may
be of further assistance to the searcher, either as a starting point
in searching this class or as an indication of further related fields
of search inside or outside the class.Thus, there is here provided
a further path of access for retrieval of a limited number of types
of disclosures.
(1)
Note. Disclosures are placed in these subclasses for their
value as references and as leads to appropriate main or secondary
fields of search, without regard to their original classification
or their claimed subject matter.
(2)
Note. The disclosures found in the following subclasses are
examples, only, of the indicated subject matter, and in no instance
do they represent the entire extent of the prior art.
Stock material product which (1) produces magnetic of force
and due to such lines of force is acted upon, or acts upon another
part or object, to produce an effect, or (2) is acted upon by magnetic
lines of force produced by another object.
Inductor Devices,
subclasses 233+ for a magnet, or magnetic material including structure,
(e.g., lamination of at least two magnetic layers) disclosed as
a core for a coil, i.e., transformer or inductor device.
Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses, for a layered product which
is uniquely designed to store or record information by a change
or variation in magnetic state of the device.
Coating Processes,
subclasses 152+ for the method of making a product having magnetic
features by applying a magnetic coating to a base or by applying
a coating to a magnetic base.
Stock material product which is an electric circuit formed
by applying conductive material in a predetermined pattern onto
an insulating sheet as printing with electrically conductive ink,
by electroplating, by etching, coating, etc.
Electrical Connectors,
subclasses 55+ for an electrical connector comprising or combined
with a panel circuit arrangement, e.g., a printed circuit board.
and 367+, for a filament* or fiber* made
of boron or a compound thereof or of carbon or a carbide (usually
silicon carbide), which fiber* or filament* is
generally of the high-modulus type.
Patents disclosing stock materials specially adapted to
be used for covering vertical surfaces, or horizontal surfaces not
subject to floor, or vehicle traffic.
Stock material which is, or incorporates therein a material
which disseminates or distributes into the ambient an aroma or scent
either by diffusion or unhurried vaporization or by fracturing a
capsule containing the aromatic or scent material.
for a composite* or sheet* in
which one component* is porous or cellular* and
in which there is a liquid (which may be aromatic or scented) in
encapsulated form.
Fluid Sprinkling, Spraying, and Diffusing,
subclasses 34+ for a slow diffuser, per se, i.e., one which spreads or
disperses material into the ambient by (1) vaporization from an
open container or holder (2) capillary porous or wick type feed,
(3) by mere drip through the air, or (4) by sublimation, all due
to being exposed to the ambient air without the use of forced draft; see
the search notes in that subclass (239/34*) for
other similar art.
Special Receptacle or Package,
subclasses 389+ for a stock material in the form of a roll or coil
which has a feature significant for a roll, e.g., mandrel structure,
cover structure, modified outer layer, etc.; see Search Note to
Class 206 in class definition, VI, Relation to Certain Other Classes.
Coating Processes,
subclass 177 for a process of applying a coating or impregnation
to a material, combined with the step of rolling or coiling the material
on itself.
Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, appropriate subclasses, for a named product or article treated
by a specific composition, or by a method of that class where no structure
is recited for classification elsewhere. An article treated, coated or
impregnated with a Class 424 composition and which composition functions
only to preserve the article from biological attack, is generally
classified with the particular article protected.
LAYER OR ARTICLE RENDERED LIGHT-TRANSMISSIVE BY PRESSURE (E.G.,
BLUSHED, ETC.):
Collection of patents which disclose subject matter of this
class wherein an article or a layer of a composite can be changed
from an opaque state to a transparent or translucent state by the application
of pressure.
Stock material product which is susceptible of deformation
and which will maintain said deformation, due to either the structure
of the product or the material(s) employed in its manufacture.
Stock material product which is susceptible of deformation
when a load is applied and which will recover its original shape
when said load is removed, due to either the structure thereof or the
material(s) employed in its manufacture.
Stock material product in which long chain polymeric molecules
have been realigned in a material while in the solid state.
(1)
Note. The term, "stock material product includes
web(s)*, sheet(s)*, non-structural laminate(s),
fiber(s)*, strand(s)*, etc.
(2)
Note. The physical treatment generally employed for molecular
orientation is: applying tension under controlled conditions to
a polymeric composition (consequently such products are also called "stretch-oriented").
Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, appropriate subclass indented under
subclass 2 , for a synthetic organic resin, which may include
stretch-oriented molecules or have been molecularly oriented.
Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 483+ for an optical system (e.g., filters, etc.) in
which the molecules oriented for an optical purpose (e.g., polarization,
etc.).
Apparel,
subclass 2.5 for an article of clothing which is penetration-resistant and
subclasses 410+ for guards and protectors for the head;
especially, subclasses 6.6+ for a soldier"s helmet.
Receptacles,
subclass 560.02 for a receptacle including puncture-healing structure,
and subclass 900 for a lined metallic receptacle having such property.
MATERIAL DESIGNED TO BE RESPONSIVE TO TEMPERATURE, LIGHT, MOISTURE, ETC.
Stock material in which at least one constituent* is
disposed to respond to a stimulus in a predetermined manner to produce
a desired result.
(1)
Note. The result may be due to the cooperative responses,
to their respective stimuli, of several constituents of the stock
material occurring either simultaneously or consecutively (e.g.,
a chain reaction).
(2)
Note. This collection is not intended to receive a disclosure
which merely indicates a melting or softening at a particular temperature;
but as exemplary of the disclosures to which this collection is restricted
are: a layer which becomes opaque or transparent when subjected
to light or heat to vary transmission of the light, a constituent
which evolves CO2 gas when heated to a certain temperature in order
to extinguish fire, or an adhesive which releases its bond between
layers and allows insulating air spaces to form when the stock material
is heated to a certain temperature.
(3)
Note. Excluded from this collection are light sensitive materials
of the type found in Class 430: a heat or light polymerizable material
of the type found in Class 260, subclasses 2+.
for a stock material product comprising a liquid
crystal which usually responds to varying temperature, light or
electrical potential to produce a change therein.
DECORATIVE ARTICLE FOR VIEWING FROM ONE SIDE ONLY (E.G.,
PLAQUE, ETC.):
Patents disclosing decorative articles having clearly defined
thickness and nonthickness surfaces, the decorative aspects of the
article generally being confined to one of the nonthickness surfaces.
Stock material product which comprises a portion capable
of being removed therefrom and moved to and adhered to another surface
either as small pieces or as a complete film.
Books, Strips, and Leaves for Manifolding,
subclasses 69+ for a system comprising plural sheets one of which is
a transfer sheet and the other a record receiver.
This subclass is indented under subclass 914. Stock material product under the definition of... in which
the purpose of the transfer or decalcomania is to indicate whether
or not it or something else (1) has been touched without authority
or (2) is genuine.
for a product comprising a layer of paper and a
transferable substance containing a pigment, dye or a color forming
reagent, e.g., carbon or hectograph paper.
Stock material product which emits light due to passage
of an electric current therethrough or in contact therewith, and
is usually produced by a phosphor treated surface.
Stock material product in which at least a portion contains
a substance which is normally nontransparent but which in this product
has been made transparent
(1)
Note. Exemplary of the disclosures in this collection are
paper, impregnated with a material of such refractive index that
the paper becomes transparent; ground glass* or glass fibers*,
embedded in a material with a refractive index such that the composite
mass is rendered transparent; and a metal foil or layer thin enough
to see through.
(2)
Note. Materials, as glass*, cellophane and polymerized
methyl methacrylate or other clear synthetic resins are normally transparent
and would not be appropriate for this collection. If, however, any
of the aforementioned (or other) normally transparent materials
are disclosed in an opaque form with further treatment to restore
transparency (e.g, the embedded ground glass of (1) Note above),
placement of the disclosure in this subclass would be proper.
Stock material product which is caused to be invisible or
indistinguishable at a distance by a particular combination of colors
or paints or through its resemblance to the surroundings.
Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses containing "nonuniform" or "variegated" in
their titles as for example
subclasses 261+ , 280+, 299, 448, 466+, 504, 510+,
526, 552, 555+, etc., for processes of coating an article,
which may result in camouflage.
Fire Extinguishers, appropriate subclasses for apparatus which acts
to extinguish fires, or which act in anticipation of fire conditions
to prevent fires.
Compositions,
subclasses 2+ for a composition which may be used to extinguish
fires or as a coating or impregnation to act as a defense against
fire or flame.
404+, 432+, 457+, and
539, for other products which include a refractory metal or a compound
thereof and which thus possess a fire, heat or flame protection
feature.
Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 141+ for a textile, cloth, or fabric impregnated with
a phosphorus containing material which protects against fire or
flame.
Stock material product which contains a free metal element
therein or associated therewith to discharge harmlessly any accumulated
static electricity charge or to prevent such charge from accumulating.
This and the indented subclasses are collections of published
disclosures pertaining to physical dimensions of metallic* stock-materials*.
(1)
Note. The physical dimensions may be recited in terms of
a standard unit of measurement or in terms of relative amounts.
Also, the recitation may be in terms of weight or other parameter which
can be converted mathematically into a dimension.
(2)
Note. Disclosures are placed in these subclasses for their
value as references, without regard to their original classification
or their claimed subject matter.
(3)
Note. This and the indented subclasses should not be considered
complete collections of patents relating to their subject matter.
(4)
Note. Patents should not be cross-referenced to this or its
indented subclasses on the basis of the physical dimension of a
nonmetal component*, but rather, should be cross-referenced
to subclasses mentioned in the search notes which provide for nonmetallic* stock-materials*.
This subclass is indented under subclass 924. Disclosures wherein the dimension recited is a quantitative
relationship between one layer and another layer, or between one
layer and the entire stock-material*, e.g., one layer is
one-half the thickness of a second layer, etc.
This subclass is indented under subclass 923. Disclosures in which the dimension of one or more layers
is recited relative to a standard measure of quantity, e.g., one
layer is 0.002 inches thick, etc.
(1)
Note. If one layer is recited as "a foil", cross-referencing
here is proper.
Cross-reference collection concerned with metal stock-materials* disclosed
as having an appearance or other psychological effect which conveys
information or is designed to be esthetically pleasing.
(1)
Note. See the notes to the main class definition of this
class (428), section VI, C, 3, d, for the loci of other related
subject matter.
156+, 175+, and 195+,
for a sheet or web having a textured surface, varying thickness,
nonplanarity or discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation
or bond, and which may have an ornamental design or indicia, in
particular, subclass 187.
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock-material* or
a component* thereof is ferromagnetic, that is, has a high
magnetic permeability which varies with the magnetizing force upon
it.
(1)
Note. See the notes to subclass 611 of this class (428) for
loci of related subject matter.
Coating Processes,
subclass 131 for processes of applying superposed diverse coatings,
or coating a coated base, either base of coating being magnetic.
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is designed for use in electrical switches or other make-and-break
electric circuit components.
(1)
Note. See the notes in the definition of subclass 616 of
this class (428), and the main class definition, section VI, C,
4, for loci of other related subject matter.
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
or a component thereof has the property of abnormally low or absent
electric resistance at temperatures which approach absolute zero.
Cross-reference collection of composite* metallic* materials
in which the components of the material differ from each other in
their electrical conductivity.
(1)
Note. See the main class definitions of this class (428),
section VI, C, 4, for loci of other related subject matter.
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock-material* has
properties particularly suiting the material for use as a cutting
or abrading medium.
Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 231 for consolidated metal powder compositions containing
an abrading component.
Cross-reference collection of metallic* composites
having a component which is consumed or consumable in preventing
electrolytic corrosion of another component.
(1)
Note. Patents classified in subclass 659 are not cross-referenced
here.
Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 273.1 for surface bonding methods with direct application
of electrical or radiant energy to work.
This subclass is indented under subclass 934. Cross-reference collection in which electrolysis is the
process involved and the electrolysis results in coating one metal
with another.
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is manufactured by reduction of a metal compound contained in a
solution, and precipitation of the resulting free metal on a substrate.
Coating Processes,
subclass 223 for a process in which a coating or a substrate
to be coated is subjected to a flame and subclass 446+ for
spraying utilizing a flame or plasma.
Coating Processes,
subclass 96.7 for using a mist or aerosol and subclass 96.8 for
vapor or gas deposition in a coating process to produce an integrated
or printed circuit or circuit board, and subclass 124 for metal coating
by vapor deposition or using a vacuum to make a different kind of electrical
product.
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is made by contacting a substrate with a molten mass of a coating
metal, e.g., welding, soldering, dipping, etc.
Cross-reference collection in which a composite metallic* stock-material* is
made by pressure, that is, without the application of enough heat,
as heat, to cause bonding.
Cross-reference collection in which a metallic* stock
is made by heating a layered stock-material* for a time
and at a temperature sufficient to cause one of the original layers
to disappear by diffusion into an adjacent layer or layers of the
stock.
Metal Treatment,
subclasses 516+ for processes of treating layered, bonded, welded
or mechanically engaged solid metal stock or article to modify or maintain
the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or chemical properties
of metal.
The definitions for FOR 100-FOR 116 below correspond to
the definitions of the abolished subclasses (292-303, 311.1, 311.3,
311.5, 311.7, 311.9) under Class 428 from which these collections
were formed. See the Foreign Art Collection schedule for specific
correspondences. [Note:
The titles and definitions for indented art collections include
all the details of the one(s) that are hierarchically superior.]
Foreign art collection for a product wherein (1)
one or more strands or strand-portions* are attached to
or incorporated in the body of the web or sheet in such a manner
as to be independent of entanglement with contiguous strands or
strand-portions* or (2) wherein such strands or strand-portions*, when
so disposed, constitute the web or sheet.
Foreign art collection for a product wherein the
strands or strand-portions lie in a single layer either in side-by-side
or equidistantly spaced relation throughout their length.
Foreign art collection for a product in which the
strips, strands or strand-portions are covered or saturated with
fluent or plastic material or are joined to each other or to another part
of the web by an adhesive and the saturant, coating or adhesive
comprising rubber or rubber-like material.
Foreign art collection for a product consisting
of or containing fibers secured to other fibers thereof by means
of an inherent adhesive or cohesive property of the fibers.
Foreign art collection for a product which consists
of plural components, at least one of which comprises macroscopic
fibers claimed in terms of (1) their particular shape (natural or
fabricated) or (2) an orderly arrangement thereof relative to each
other, (3) their particular interengagement within a layer, (4)
their engagement with an adjacent layer or (5) their particular
size.
Foreign art collection for a product which comprises
two or more layers consisting of or including fibers, at least one
such layer comprising the above characterized structurally defined
fibers.
Foreign art collection for a product wherein fibers
of mutually engaging layers are interengaged and/or compacted
together so as to hold the layers in assembled relation.
Foreign art collection for a product wherein the
interlocking of the fibers, as disclosed, is accomplished by the
passage of barbed needles through the layers.
Foreign art collection for a product in which any
part of the product has been covered or saturated with fluent or
plastic material, or in which layers are joined to each other by an
adhesive.
Foreign art collection for a product in which at
least one of the layers has been covered or saturated with fluent
or plastic material or in which layers are joined to each other
by an adhesive.
Foreign art collection wherein a component of the
composite may be locally disintegrated by the application of a sudden
force thereto, for example, by a typewriter key.
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product
wherein at least one component or layer has spaced areas, substantially
less than the total area of the involved surface of the layer or
component, which are either, (1) faced or saturated with fluent
or plastic material or (2) joined to other portions of the layer
or components or to another layer or component by adhesion or cohesion;
or wherein the facing, saturation or junctures set forth in clauses
(1) and (2) above is of a different character (e.g., strong bond
next to weak bond) in different areas of the web or sheet.
(1)
Note. A design or printed matter or indicia of any sort will
be considered as a discontinuous coating for this subclass unless
clearly disclosed as uniform.
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Product
including coloring material comprising (a) small, solid free particles* of coloring
matter, (b) coloring material which has been chemically attached
to another substance (dye).
This subclass is indented under subclass 488.1.
Subject matter in which a layer of the composite material or selected
portions of such layer nay be transferred form the carrier layer
to another material (e.g., carbon-paper type), the composite being
provide with at least a third layer outward of the transferable
layer or directly of the carrier layer, opposite the transferable
layer.
Foreign art collection wherein the recording medium
or carrier is composed of a magnetic material and records information
based on changes in magnetization and the recorded information is
readable; e.g., by diffraction of polarized light through a magnetic
field, etc.
Foreign art collection wherein the recording medium
or carrier contains magnetizable material in the form of particles,
film, coating, layer, or impregnant which is intended for the storage
of more than a single bit of information to be read by a magnetic
head.
Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic recording
medium or carrier layer is covered by a resistant layer; e.g., resistant
to heat, cold, oxidation, pollution, etc.
Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic recording
medium or carrier contains aluminum as a free metal, combined metal,
and includes alloys and metal compounds.
Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic recording
medium or carrier contains chromium as a free metal, combined metal,
and includes alloys and metal compounds.
Foreign art collection which has a use as a recording
medium, e.g., tape, disc, etc., which is "read" by
using relative motion between the medium and the reading device and
wherein the composition of a backing or support material is not
defined in the claims.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained herein
to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection.
Note: The Patent
and Trademark Depository Library Program (PTDLP) administers a nationwide
network of public, state and academic libraries designated as Patent and
Trademark Depository Libraries authorized by 35 U.S.C. 13 to: Disseminate
Patent and Trademark Information Support Diverse Intellectual Property
Needs of the Public. PTDL Contact Information
Note: For information/comments on electronic information products, such
as purchasing USPTO data, or to discuss system requirements for magnetic
tape products, contact:
KEY: =online
business system =fees =forms=help =laws/regulations =definition
(glossary)
The Inventors
Assistance Center is available to help you on patent
matters.Send questions about USPTO programs and services
to theUSPTO
Contact Center (UCC). You can suggest USPTO webpages
or material you would like featured on this section by E-mail
to the webmaster@uspto.gov.
While we cannot promise to accommodate all requests, your suggestions
will be considered and may lead to other improvements on the
website.